DLT™7000 Tape System
Product Manual
November 10, 2003
81-60000-06
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS A EQUIPMENT (INTEGRATIBLE TAPE SYSTEM)
This equipment generates, uses, and may emit radio frequency energy. The equipment has been
type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of
FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such radio frequency
interference.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user at
his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the
interference.
Any modifications to this device - unless expressly approved by the manufacturer - can void the
user’s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the FCC rules.
Note: Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded (data) cables or
the need for special devices, such as ferrite beads on cables, is required if such means of interference
suppression was used in the qualification test for the device. This information will vary from device
to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC group or product manager.
Warning!
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Achtung!
Dieses ist ein Gerät der Funkstörgrenzwertklasse A. In Wohnbereichen können bei Betrieb dieses
Gerätes Rundfunkstörungen auftreten, in welchen Fällen der Benutzer für entsprechende
Gegenmaßnahmen verantwortlich ist.
Warning!
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Attention!
Ceci est un produit de Classe A. Dans un environnement domestique, ce produit risque de créer des
interférences radioélectriques, il appartiendra alors à l'utilisateur de prendre les mesures spécifiques
appropriées.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS A EQUIPMENT (continued)
USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS B EQUIPMENT (TABLETOP VERSION)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. Any modifications to this device -
unless expressly approved by the manufacturer - can void the user’s authority to operate this
equipment under part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference and (2) This device must accept any
interference that may cause undesirable operation.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
·
·
·
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected
·
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Note: Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded (data) cables
or the need for special devices, such as ferrite beads on cables, is required if such means of
interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device. This information will
vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC group or product manager.
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS B EQUIPMENT (continued)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Revision History........................................................................................................ xix
About This Manual.................................................................................................. xxi
Chapter 1: General Description and Specifications
1.1 Product Description............................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Product Features................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Product Specifications........................................................................... 1-2
1.3.1 Physical Specifications................................................................... 1-2
1.3.2 Interface Type.............................................................................. 1-3
1.3.3 Storage Capacity.......................................................................... 1-3
1.3.4 Reliability (Projected)..................................................................... 1-3
1.3.5 Performance Data ........................................................................ 1-4
1.3.6 Environmental Specifications......................................................... 1-5
1.3.7 Power Requirements..................................................................... 1-8
1.3.8 Current Requirements................................................................... 1-9
1.3.9 Acoustic Noise Emissions............................................................... 1-10
1.3.10 Tape System Recording Type........................................................ 1-10
1.3.11 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications....................................... 1-11
1.3.12 Electromagnetic Emissions............................................................ 1-12
1.3.13 Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Susceptibility........................... 1-12
1.3.14 Conducted Emissions................................................................... 1-12
1.3.15 Radiated Emissions....................................................................... 1-13
1.3.16 Susceptibility .............................................................................. 1-13
Chapter 2: Configuring, Installing, and Operating the Tape Drive
2.1 Safety, Handling, and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection................ 2-1
2.1.1 Safety Precautions........................................................................ 2-1
2.1.2 Handling...................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection......................................... 2-3
2.2 Configuring and Installing a Rackmount Tape Drive................................ 2-3
2.2.1 Setting the Rackmount Drive SCSI ID .............................................. 2-4
2.2.2 Configure the Rackmount Drive for TERM PWR (Single-Ended Only). 2-6
2.2.3 Configure the Rackmount Drive for Parity Checking........................ 2-6
2.2.4 Installing the Rackmount Tape Drive.............................................. 2-7
2.3 Configuring and Installing a Tabletop Tape Drive ................................... 2-13
2.3.1 Configuring the Tabletop Drive..................................................... 2-13
2.3.2 Installing the Tabletop Drive ......................................................... 2-14
2.4 Drive Controls and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)...................................... 2-16
2.4.1 Front Panel Controls and LEDs...................................................... 2-16
2.4.2 Selecting Density.......................................................................... 2-21
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
2.5 Power On Self Test (POST)..................................................................... 2-23
2.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................... 2-25
Chapter 3: SCSI DESCRIPTION
3.1 SCSI Overview....................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 SCSI Commands.................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Signal States......................................................................................... 3-4
3.3.1 Signal Values................................................................................ 3-4
3.3.2 SCSI ID Bits................................................................................... 3-5
3.4 SCSI Signals........................................................................................... 3-6
3.4.1 SCSI Signal Definitions.................................................................. 3-6
3.4.2 Signal Bus Timing ......................................................................... 3-7
3.5 SCSI Bus Phases..................................................................................... 3-10
3.5.1 BUS FREE Phase ............................................................................ 3-10
3.5.2 ARBITRATION Phase ...................................................................... 3-12
3.5.3 SELECTION Phase.......................................................................... 3-13
3.5.4 RESELECTION Phase ...................................................................... 3-15
3.5.5 Information Transfer Phases.......................................................... 3-17
3.6 SCSI Bus Conditions............................................................................... 3-24
3.6.1 Attention Condition..................................................................... 3-24
3.6.2 Reset Condition............................................................................ 3-25
3.6.3 Queued Unit Attentions............................................................... 3-26
Chapter 4: MESSAGES
4.1 Message Format.................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Supported SCSI Messages...................................................................... 4-5
4.2.1 ABORT Message (06h).................................................................. 4-5
4.2.2 BUS DEVICE RESET Message (0Ch)................................................. 4-5
4.2.3 COMMAND COMPLETE Message (00h).......................................... 4-5
4.2.4 DISCONNECT Message (04h)......................................................... 4-6
4.2.5 IDENTIFY Message (80h - FFh)....................................................... 4-7
4.2.6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message (23h)........................................... 4-8
4.2.7 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message (05h)................................... 4-9
4.2.8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message (0Ah).............................. 4-10
4.2.9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE, with Flag Message (0Ah).............. 4-10
4.2.10 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message (09h)...................................... 4-10
4.2.11 MESSAGE REJECT Message (07h)................................................. 4-10
4.2.12 NO OPERATION (08h).................................................................. 4-11
4.2.13 RESTORE POINTERS Message (03h).............................................. 4-11
4.2.14 SAVE DATA POINTER Message (02h)............................................ 4-11
4.2.15 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h)............. 4-11
4.2.16 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h)............................ 4-13
viii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Chapter 5: SCSI COMMANDS
5.1 Overview of Command and Status Processing ........................................ 5-1
5.1.1 SCSI Pointers................................................................................. 5-3
5.1.2 Command Descriptor Block ............................................................ 5-4
5.1.3 Status/Error Reporting................................................................... 5-6
5.1.4 DATA-Phase Command Components.............................................. 5-8
5.1.5 Unit Attention Condition............................................................... 5-10
5.1.6 Behavior At Power-On and SCSI Bus Reset ...................................... 5-11
5.1.7 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction.......................................... 5-11
5.2 SCSI Command Descriptions in this Manual ............................................ 5-12
5.3 ERASE Command (19h)......................................................................... 5-15
5.4 INQUIRY Command (12h)...................................................................... 5-17
5.4.1 Standard Inquiry Data Page.......................................................... 5-18
5.4.2 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data ......................................................... 5-21
5.4.3 Supported Vital Product Data Page............................................... 5-24
5.5 LOAD UNLOAD Command (1Bh)............................................................ 5-29
5.6 LOCATE Command (2Bh)....................................................................... 5-33
5.7 LOG SELECT Command (4Ch)................................................................ 5-35
5.7.1 Log Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Command
Descriptor Block........................................................................ 5-37
5.7.2 Operation of LOG SELECT............................................................. 5-37
5.7.3 Log Select Page Format ................................................................ 5-38
5.7.4 Error Detection Summary in Log Select Pages................................ 5-41
5.8 LOG SENSE Command (4Dh)................................................................. 5-43
5.8.1.Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block 5-46
5.8.2 Supported Pages Log Page (Page 00h).......................................... 5-47
5.8.3 READ (03h) / WRITE (02h) Error LOG SENSE Page............................ 5-48
5.8.4 Last n Error Events Page (07h)...................................................... 5-52
5.8.5 TapeAlert Page (2Eh).................................................................... 5-54
5.8.6 Read / Write Compression Page (32h)........................................... 5-58
5.8.7 Device Wellness Page (33h)........................................................... 5-63
5.8.8 Device Status Page (3Eh).............................................................. 5-66
5.9 MODE SELECT Command (15h)............................................................. 5-69
5.9.1 Mode Parameter List..................................................................... 5-71
5.9.2 READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page (01h)........................................ 5-77
5.9.3 Disconnect / Reconnect Page (02h)............................................... 5-79
5.9.4 Control Mode Page (0Ah)............................................................ 5-82
5.9.5 Data Compression Page (0Fh)....................................................... 5-84
5.9.6 Device Configuration Page (10h)................................................... 5-86
5.9.7 Medium Partition Page (11h)........................................................ 5-89
5.9.8 TapeAlert Page (1Ch).................................................................... 5-91
5.9.9 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page (3Eh).............................................. 5-94
ix
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
5.9.10 Changeable Parameters within MODE SELECT.............................5-104
5.10 MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah)......................................5-105
5.10.1 MODE SENSE Data Headers.........................................................5-108
5.10.2 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor.....................................................5-110
5.10.3 MODE SENSE Mode Pages...........................................................5-112
5.11 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command (1Eh).........................5-131
5.12 READ Command (08h)..........................................................................5-133
5.13 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command (05h)....................................................5-137
5.14 READ BUFFER Command (3Ch)..............................................................5-139
5.14.1 Combined Header and Data Mode..............................................5-141
5.14.2 Data Mode.................................................................................5-141
5.14.3 Descriptor Mode.........................................................................5-142
5.15 READ POSITION Command (34h)...........................................................5-143
5.16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch).....................................5-147
5.17 RELEASE UNIT Command (17h).............................................................5-149
5.18 REQUEST SENSE Command (03h)..........................................................5-151
5.19 RESERVE UNIT Command (16h).............................................................5-163
5.20 REWIND Command (01h)......................................................................5-165
5.21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh)......................................................5-167
5.22 SPACE Command (11h)........................................................................5-173
5.23 TEST UNIT READY Command (00h)........................................................5-175
5.24 VERIFY Command (13h)........................................................................5-177
5.25 WRITE Command (0Ah)........................................................................5-179
5.26 WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh).............................................................5-181
5.26.1 Write Combined Header and Data Mode (000b)...........................5-182
5.26.2 Write Data Mode (010b)..............................................................5-182
5.26.3 Download Microcode Mode (100b) .............................................5-183
5.26.4 Download Microcode and Save Mode (101b)...............................5-183
5.27 WRITE FILEMARKS Command (10h).......................................................5-185
Appendix A: Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information........................... A-1
Appendix B: EEPROM-Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs.......................................... B-1
B.1 EEPROM Packets (LAST n EVENTS).......................................................... B-1
B.2 Bugcheck Packets.................................................................................. B-2
B.2.1 POST Failure Packets........................................................................... B-2
B.2.2 Event Log Packets............................................................................... B-3
B.2.3 Directory Failure Event Log Packets..................................................... B-4
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware........................................................................ C-1
C.1 Overview.............................................................................................. C-1
C.2 Creating a Firmware Update Tape ......................................................... C-1
C.3 Firmware Update Procedure.................................................................. C-2
x
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
C.4 Interpreting the Results of a Firmware Update....................................... C-4
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge ............................................................................. D-1
D.1 Tape Cartridge Handling Guidelines....................................................... D-1
D.2 Tape Cartridge Inspection Procedure..................................................... D-4
D.3 Tape Cartridge Write-Protect Switch...................................................... D-8
D.4 Loading a Tape Cartridge...................................................................... D-10
D.5 Unloading a Tape Cartridge.................................................................. D-11
D.6 Using a Cleaning Tape Cartridge ........................................................... D-12
Index
.............................................................................................................Index-1
xi
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Figures
Figure 2–1 DLT 7000 SCSI ID Jumper Location (Rackmount Version Shown)............... 2-5
Figure 2–2 DLT 7000 TERMPWR and Parity Check Jumper Locations
(Rackmount Version Shown).................................................................. 2-6
Figure 2–3 Rackmount Drive Mounting Locations – Side and Bottom Views............... 2-8
Figure 2–4 SCSI and Power Cable Connectors (Rackmount Version Shown)............... 2-9
Figure 2–5 Loader Connector Block Location (Rackmount Version Shown)................ 2-12
Figure 2–6 Tabletop Back Panel............................................................................... 2-13
Figure 2–7 AC Power Cord Connector Types............................................................ 2-15
Figure 2–8 DLT 7000 Front Panel.............................................................................. 2-16
Figure 4–1 Extended Message — Data Format.......................................................... 4-4
Figure 4–2 IDENTIFY Message — Data Format........................................................... 4-7
Figure 4–3 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message — Data Format ..................................... 4-8
Figure 4–4 Synchronous Data Transfer Request Message — Data Format ................. 4-12
Figure 4–5 Wide Data Transfer Request Message — Data Format............................. 4-13
Figure 5–1 Typical Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................. 5-4
Figure 5–2 Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Data Format......................... 5-6
Figure 5–3 ERASE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................................... 5-15
Figure 5–4 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................................ 5-17
Figure 5–5 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Data Format............................................ 5-19
Figure 5–6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definitions................................................ 5-22
Figure 5–7 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page — Data Format ....................... 5-24
Figure 5–8 Unit Serial Number Page (80h)— Data Format ......................................... 5-25
Figure 5–9 Firmware Build Information Page (VU) (C0h)— Data Format ..................... 5-26
Figure 5–10 Subsystem Components Revision Page (C1h) — Data Format .................. 5-27
Figure 5–11 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................... 5-30
Figure 5–12 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format............................... 5-33
Figure 5–13 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format......................... 5-35
Figure 5–14 LOG SELECT Log Page Header Format.................................................... 5-38
Figure 5–15 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Format...................................................... 5-39
Figure 5–16 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.......................... 5-43
Figure 5–17 Supported Pages Page — Data Format.................................................. 5-47
Figure 5–18 Read/Write Error LOG SENSE Header Format.......................................... 5-48
Figure 5–19 Log Parameters Format for Read/Write Error LOG SENSE Page................ 5-49
Figure 5–20 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Format....................................... 5-52
Figure 5–21 Log Parameters Format for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page............. 5-53
Figure 5–22 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Format.................................................... 5-54
Figure 5–23 TapeAlert Page Log Parameters Format................................................. 5-55
Figure 5–24 Read/Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Header Format...................... 5-58
xii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Figure 5–25 Log Parameters Format for Read/Write Compression Ratio
LOG SENSE Page (Parameter Codes 00h and 01h).................................. 5-60
Figure 5–26 Log Parameters Format for Read/ Write Compression Ratio
LOG SENSE Page (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h)........................... 5-61
Figure 5–27 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Header Format............................................ 5-63
Figure 5–28 Log Parameters Format for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page
(Parameters 0000h – 000Fh) ................................................................. 5-64
Figure 5–29 Device Status LOG SENSE Header Format............................................... 5-66
Figure 5–30 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page
(Parameters 0000h, 0001h, or 0002h).................................................... 5-67
Figure 5–31 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Parameter
0001h (Cleaning Related)...................................................................... 5-68
Figure 5–32 MODE SELECT (6) and (10) Command Descriptor Blocks —
Data Format........................................................................................ 5-70
Figure 5–33 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List — Data Format............................... 5-71
Figure 5–34 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header — Data Format......................... 5-72
Figure 5–35 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Data Format............ 5-74
Figure 5–36 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor — Data Format...................................... 5-76
Figure 5–37 Error Recovery Page — Data Format...................................................... 5-77
Figure 5–38 Disconnect / Reconnect Page — Data Format........................................ 5-79
Figure 5–39 Control Mode Page Format Descriptor — Data Format........................... 5-82
Figure 5–40 Data Compression Page Format Descriptor — Data Format..................... 5-84
Figure 5–41 Device Configuration Page — Data Format............................................ 5-86
Figure 5–42 Medium Partition Page Format Descriptor — Data Format...................... 5-89
Figure 5–43 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor — Data Format................................. 5-91
Figure 5–44 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page — Data Format....................................... 5-94
Figure 5–45 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page “Vendor ID” Sample — Data Format ........5-102
Figure 5–46 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page “Forced Density” Example —
Data Format........................................................................................5-103
Figure 5–47 MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format..................5-105
Figure 5–48 MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................5-106
Figure 5–49 MODE SENSE (6) Data Header — Data Format ......................................5-108
Figure 5–50 MODE SENSE (10) Data Header — Data Format.....................................5-108
Figure 5–51 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor — Data Format......................................5-110
Figure 5–52 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor — Data Format ......................................5-112
Figure 5–53 Read/Write Error Recovery Page — Data Format....................................5-114
Figure 5–54 Disconnect / Reconnect Page — Data Format........................................5-116
Figure 5–55 Control Mode Page — Data Format .....................................................5-118
Figure 5–56 Data Compression Page — Data Format ...............................................5-120
Figure 5–57 Device Configuration Page — Data Format...........................................5-122
Figure 5–58 Medium Partition Page — Data Format ................................................5-125
Figure 5–59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor — Data Format.................................5-127
xiii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Figure 5–60 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command
Descriptor Block — Data Format...........................................................5-131
Figure 5–61 READ Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ..................................5-133
Figure 5–62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.............5-137
Figure 5–63 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data — Data Format ..............................................5-137
Figure 5–64 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.......................5-139
Figure 5–65 READ BUFFER Header — Data Format ....................................................5-141
Figure 5–66 READ BUFFER Descriptor — Data Format................................................5-142
Figure 5–67 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block — Data Format ...................5-143
Figure 5–68 READ POSITION — Data Format.............................................................5-144
Figure 5–69 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block —
Data Format........................................................................................5-147
Figure 5–70 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS — Data Format.......................................5-148
Figure 5–71 RELEASE UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format......................5-149
Figure 5–72 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...................5-151
Figure 5–73 REQUEST SENSE — Data Format............................................................5-153
Figure 5–74 RESERVE UNIT Command Descriptor Block — Data Format......................5-163
Figure 5–75 REWIND Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...............................5-165
Figure 5–76 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block — Data Format...............5-167
Figure 5–77 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List — Data Format..................................5-169
Figure 5–78 SPACE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................5-173
Figure 5–79 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................5-175
Figure 5–80 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block — Data Format.................................5-177
Figure 5–81 WRITE Command Descriptor Block — Data Format .................................5-179
Figure 5–82 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block — Data Format......................5-181
Figure 5–83 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Descriptor Block — Data Format................5-185
Figure A-1 Internal Status Bits................................................................................. A-4
Figure D-1 Location of One of the Two Reel Lock Tabs on the DLTtape Cartridge..... D-4
Figure D-2 Location of Reel Lock Opening and Spring-Loaded Hub on Bottom of
DLTtape Cartridge ................................................................................. D-5
Figure D-3 Opening the Door on a DLTtape Cartridge Showing Tape Leader Loop in its
Correct Position..................................................................................... D-6
Figure D-4 Three Examples of Tape Cartridges with Damage Visible During Visual
Inspection ............................................................................................. D-7
Figure D-5 Write-Protect Switch on Tape Cartridge.................................................. D-8
xiv
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
TABLES
Table 1–1 DLT 7000 Physical Dimensions................................................................. 1-2
Table 1–2 DLT 7000 Storage Capacity..................................................................... 1-3
Table 1–3 DLT 7000 Performance Data................................................................... 1-4
Table 1–4 DLT 7000 Environmental Specifications................................................... 1-5
Table 1–5 DLT 7000 Storage and Shipping Specifications........................................ 1-5
Table 1–6 DLT 7000 Operating Shock and Vibration Specifications.......................... 1-6
Table 1–7 DLT 7000 Non-Operating Shock and Vibration Specifications................... 1-7
Table 1–8 DLT 7000 Power Requirements............................................................... 1-8
Table 1–9 DLT 7000 Current Requirements............................................................. 1-9
Table 1–10 Acoustic Noise Emissions, Nominal.......................................................... 1-10
Table 1–11 Acoustic Noise Emissions for German Noise Declaration Law.................... 1-10
Table 1–12 DLTtape Media Specifications................................................................. 1-11
Table 1–13 DLTtape Cartridge Operating and Storage Limits.................................... 1-11
Table 1-14 EMI Regulations and Certifications.......................................................... 1-12
Table 1-15 Conducted Emissions............................................................................. 1-12
Table 1-16 Radiated Emissions................................................................................. 1-13
Table 1-17 Radiated, Magnetic Radiated, and Conducted Susceptibility.................... 1-13
Table 2–1 SCSI ID Address Selections...................................................................... 2-5
Table 2–2 68-Pin Single-Ended Version SCSI Connector Signal Names...................... 2-10
Table 2–3 68-Pin Differential Version SCSI Connector Signal Names......................... 2-11
Table 2–4 4-Pin Power Connector Pin Assignments................................................. 2-12
Table 2–5 10-Pin Loader Connector Pin Assignments............................................... 2-12
Table 2–6 LED Functionality................................................................................... 2-17
Table 2–7 Density LED Functionality ....................................................................... 2-19
Table 2–8 Control Functionality ............................................................................ 2-20
Table 2–9 LED Activity During Density Selection...................................................... 2-23
Table 2–10 POST/Media Ready Activity..................................................................... 2-24
Table 2–11 Tape Drive States Following Initialization ................................................ 2-24
Table 2–12 Troubleshooting Chart........................................................................... 2-25
Table 3–1 Implemented ANSI SCSI-2 Commands...................................................... 3-2
Table 3–2 Signal Sources....................................................................................... 3-5
Table 3–3 SCSI-2 Bus Signal Definitions................................................................... 3-6
Table 3–4 SCSI Bus Timing Values........................................................................... 3-7
Table 3–5 Information Transfer Phases................................................................... 3-19
Table 3–6 Status Bytes........................................................................................... 3-23
Table 3-7 Drive MESSAGE OUT Phase Response...................................................... 3-25
Table 4–1 Message Format .................................................................................... 4-2
Table 4–2 Supported Messages.............................................................................. 4-3
Table 4–3 Extended Message — Field Description................................................... 4-4
Table 4–4 Drive Response to DISCONNECT Message................................................ 4-6
xv
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Table 4–5 IDENTIFY Message — Field Description .................................................... 4-7
Table 4–6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message — Field Definition.................................. 4-8
Table 4–7 Drive Response to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message.......................... 4-9
Table 5–1 Supported SCSI Commands.................................................................... 5-1
Table 5–2 Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions..................................... 5-5
Table 5–3 Command Descriptor Block Control Field — Field Descriptions ................. 5-6
Table 5–4 Status Codes......................................................................................... 5-7
Table 5–5 DATA-Phase Command Contents............................................................ 5-9
Table 5–6 ERASE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions........................... 5-15
Table 5–7 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions........................ 5-18
Table 5–8 Vital Product Data - Page Codes ............................................................ 5-18
Table 5–9 Standard Inquiry Data Page — Field Description...................................... 5-20
Table 5–10 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data Page — Field Descriptions........................... 5-23
Table 5–11 Unit Serial Number Page — Field Descriptions......................................... 5-25
Table 5–12 Firmware Build Information Page (VU) — Field Descriptions..................... 5-26
Table 5–13 Subsystem Components Revision Page — Field Descriptions..................... 5-28
Table 5–14 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.............. 5-31
Table 5–15 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions......................... 5-34
Table 5–16 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions................... 5-36
Table 5–17 LOG SELECT Log Page Header Field Descriptions...................................... 5-38
Table 5–18 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions........................................ 5-39
Table 5–19 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.................... 5-44
Table 5–20 Read/Write Error LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions............................ 5-48
Table 5–21 Log Parameters for Read/Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions........................................................................................... 5-49
Table 5–22 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions......................... 5-52
Table 5–23 Log Parameters for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page
Field Descriptions................................................................................... 5-53
Table 5–24 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions...................................... 5-54
Table 5–25 TapeAlert Page Log Parameter Field Descriptions.................................... 5-55
Table 5–26 Tape Alert Flags, Severity Levels, and Meanings....................................... 5-56
Table 5–27 Read/Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Header Field
Descriptions........................................................................................... 5-58
Table 5–28 Log Parameters for Read/Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE
Page Field Descriptions (Parameter Codes 00h and 01h)........................... 5-59
Table 5–29 Log Parameters for Read/Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE
Page Field Descriptions (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h).................... 5-60
Table 5–30 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions.............................. 5-63
Table 5–31 Log Parameters for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions........................................................................................... 5-65
Table 5–32 Device Status LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions................................. 5-66
Table 5–33 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Field
xvi
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Descriptions.......................................................................................... 5-67
Table 5–34 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Parameter
0001h (Cleaning Related) Field Descriptions............................................ 5-68
Table 5–35 MODE SELECT (6)/(10) Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.... 5-71
Table 5–36 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List — Field Descriptions......................... 5-72
Table 5–37 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header — Field Descriptions................... 5-73
Table 5–38 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions...... 5-75
Table 5–39 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor — Field Descriptions................................ 5-77
Table 5–40 Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions................................................ 5-78
Table 5–41 Disconnect / Reconnect Page — Field Descriptions................................... 5-80
Table 5–42 Control Mode Page Descriptor — Field Descriptions............................... 5-83
Table 5–43 Data Compression Page Descriptor — Field Descriptions.......................... 5-85
Table 5–44 Device Configuration Page — Field Descriptions...................................... 5-87
Table 5–45 Medium Partition Page Descriptor — Field Descriptions........................... 5-90
Table 5–46 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor — Field Descriptions........................... 5-92
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters............................................... 5-95
Table 5–48 Changeable Mode Parameters within MODE SELECT...............................5-104
Table 5–49 MODE SENSE Control Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.....................5-107
Table 5–50 MODE SENSE Data Header — Field Descriptions......................................5-109
Table 5–51 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor — Field Descriptions.................................5-111
Table 5–52 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor — Field Descriptions.................................5-113
Table 5–53 Read/Write Error Recovery Page — Field Descriptions...............................5-115
Table 5–54 Disconnect/Reconnect Error Recovery Page —
Field Descriptions..................................................................................5-117
Table 5–55 Control Mode Page — Field Descriptions................................................5-119
Table 5–56 Data Compression Page — Field Descriptions..........................................5-121
Table 5–57 Device Configuration Page — Field Descriptions......................................5-123
Table 5–58 Medium Partition Page — Field Descriptions...........................................5-126
Table 5–59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor — Field Descriptions...........................5-128
Table 5–60 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor
Block — Field Descriptions.....................................................................5-131
Table 5–61 READ Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions............................5-133
Table 5–62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data — Field Descriptions........................................5-138
Table 5–63 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.................5-140
Table 5–64 READ BUFFER Header — Field Descriptions..............................................5-141
Table 5–65 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block — Field Descriptions.............5-143
Table 5–66 READ POSITION Data — Field Descriptions...............................................5-145
Table 5–67 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Data — Field Descriptions.........5-147
Table 5–68 RELEASE UNIT Command Data — Field Descriptions.................................5-149
Table 5–69 REQUEST SENSE Command Data — Field Descriptions..............................5-151
Table 5–70 REQUEST SENSE Data — Field Descriptions..............................................5-154
Table 5–71 Supported Sense Keys............................................................................5-156
Table 5–72 Supported ASC/ ASCQ in Hex.................................................................5-157
xvii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Table 5–73 RESERVE UNIT Command Data — Field Descriptions.................................5-163
Table 5–74 REWIND Command Data — Field Descriptions..........................................5-165
Table 5–75 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Data — Field Descriptions..........................5-167
Table 5–76 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Bits Selftst, DevOfl, and UnitOfl..........................5-169
Table 5–77 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List — Field Descriptions............................5-170
Table 5–78 Sense Keys Used for SEND DIAGNOSTIC ..................................................5-171
Table 5–79 ASC/ASCQ for SEND DIAGNOSTIC ...........................................................5-171
Table 5–80 SPACE Command Data — Field Descriptions............................................5-173
Table 5–81 VERIFY Command Data — Field Descriptions............................................5-178
Table 5–82 WRITE Command Data — Field Descriptions............................................5-179
Table 5–83 WRITE BUFFER Command Data — Field Descriptions.................................5-182
Table 5–84 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Data — Field Descriptions...........................5-185
Table A–1 Internal Status Codes............................................................................. A-1
Table A–2 Internal Status Bit Flags ......................................................................... A-4
Table B–1 Bugcheck Packet Error Codes (Bytes 9 - 10) ............................................. B-2
Table B–2 Event Log Error Codes (Bytes 9 - 10)........................................................ B-3
Table B–3 Directory Failure Event Package — Field Descriptions............................... B-4
Table C–1 Block Size Used for Firmware Update Tape ............................................. C-1
Table C–2 Results of Firmware Update.................................................................... C-6
Table D-1 Write-Protect Switch Positions................................................................ D-9
Table D-2 When to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge ................................................. D-12
xviii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
REVISION HISTORY
This Revision History provides a publications record of this manual. It lists the manual’s revision
levels, release dates, and a summary of changes for each release.
Manual Number
- Revision Level
Date of Release
Summary of Changes
81-111331-01
March 1, 1996
March 18, 1996
May 10, 1996
Original issue
PO/ST failure packets description updated in Appendix D.
Added tape block size table to Chapter 4.
Added WIDE DATA REQUEST message description and table to
Chapter 5.
Added IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message description and table to
Chapter 5.
Updated Inquiry Data Field bytes in Chapter 5.
June 21, 1996
Chapter 5: Updated the Vendor Unique section with additional
tables, messages, and commands.
81-60000-01
81-60000-02
July 2, 1996
Redrew Figures 3-7 and 3-8. Part Number 81-111331-01
deactivated
September 20, 1996
Chapter 3, updated pages 3-12, 3-13
Chapter 5, updated Vendor Unique data and added Product Family
Table
Chapter 5, modified and added data to Table 5-5
Appendix A, updated tables A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7, A-8, A-
12, A-14, A-15
Chapter 8, Density Code information updated
Drive Inquiry Response byte 7 corrections added.
81-60000-03
February 10, 1997
Part Number 81-60000-02 deactivated.
Chapter 5, LOG SENSE pages (33h) and (3Eh) added and Table 5-8
and Figure 5-21 modified.
Appendix A, Figure A-2 modified and addition to Table A-1.
xix
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Revision History
Manual Number
- Revision Level
Date of Release
Summary of Changes
81-60000-04
June 9, 1999
Entire manual rewritten to conform to corporate standard for
product manuals. Manual updated to include SCSI command
updates (Chapter 5); consolidation of Request Sense ASC/ASCQ
codes into one complete table (Chapter 5) and tape cartridge
additions (Appendix D).
81-60000-05
September 18, 2000
Manual updated.
Chapter 5: Added information about granularity in READ BLOCK
LIMITS command (applicable in SCSI-3 only); corrected information
about Log Parameter Format and TSD, ClnQ, and ClnR bits (DEVICE
STATUS Page of LOG SENSE command). Default of
REDUNDANCYMODE parameter of MODE SELECT command
changed from 1 to 0; only allowable settings are now 0 or 1.
Appendix A: Changed field descriptions in Table A-2.
81-60000-06
April 4, 2001
Manual updated to add new corporate address and reader comment
address.
81-60000-06 A02
November 10, 2003
Changed Service Center contact number from (800) 826-8022 to
(888) 827-3378 per ECO C008218.
xx
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
“About this Manual” outlines the scope and contents of this manual. It contains information about
the intended audience, purpose of the manual, document organization, and document conventions.
AUDIENCE
This manual is written for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that are
integrating this Quantum DLTÔ family tape drive into a system or subsystem.
Its primary audience is the OEM technical staff that makes tape drive purchase
and configuration decisions, and system integrators that are responsible for the
SCSI interface. Additionally, the manual can be used by technically astute end-
users for installation and operation of the tape drive, although that is a
secondary audience.
PURPOSE
This manual describes the rackmount and tabletop versions of the DLT 7000
tape system. It is intended to provide the information necessary to integrate the
tape drive into a computer system or subsystem.
DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
This product manual contains five chapters, a number of appendices of related
useful information, and an index. It includes an overview of the Small Computer
System Interface (SCSI) and detailed descriptions of the messages and SCSI
commands as used by the tape drive. The manual is organized as follows:
Chapter 1
General Description and Specifications
This chapter contains a brief description of and specifications for the
drive.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
xxi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Manual
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Hardware Implementation
This chapter contains configuration and installation information for the
tape drive, descriptions of the drive controls and LEDs, and information
on running the self-test.
SCSI Description
This chapter provides a detailed description of the logical interfaces of
the tape drive. It describes the product’s compliance with the ANSI
SCSI-2 specification. The drive’s many optional features are described
here and throughout the manual.
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
SCSI Messages
This chapter provides a list and description of most messages supported
by the tape drive. The SCSI message system allows communication
between SCSI initiators and SCSI targets (the tape drive, in this case)
for interface management and for command elaboration and
qualification.
SCSI Commands
This chapter describes in detail each command supported by the tape
drive. The SCSI command system enables an initiator to direct a tape
drive to perform a wide range of operational and diagnostic functions.
This chapter also provides sense key information for the REQUEST
SENSE SCSI command.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information
Appendix A provides a list of internal status codes related to the
REQUEST SENSE SCSI command.
EEPROM-Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs
Appendix B provides an explanation of the error and event logs stored in
semi-permanent, non-volatile memory.
xxii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Manual
Appendix C
Updating the Firmware
Appendix C provides a step-by-step procedure for updating a tape
system’s PCBA controller-resident firmware.
Appendix D The Tape Cartridge
Appendix D provides tape cartridge handling and inspection procedures,
information on the write-protect switch, how to load and unload a tape
cartridge, and how to use a cleaning tape cartridge.
CONVENTIONS
This manual uses the following conventions to designate specific elements:
Element
Convention
Example
Commands
Uppercase (unless case-sensitive)
Uppercase
FORMAT UNIT
Messages
INVALID PRODUCT NUMBER
Hexadecimal Notation
Binary Notation
Decimal Notation
Acronyms
Number followed by lowercase h
Number followed by lowercase b
Number without suffix
Uppercase
25h
101b
512
POST
Abbreviations
Lowercase, except where standard
usage requires uppercase
Mb (megabits)
(megabytes
MB
FOR MORE INFORMATION…
For more information about Quantum’s highly reliable products, call
1-800-624-5545 in the U.S.A. and Canada, or visit our World Wide Web site at
http://www.quantum.com. Also, visit the site dedicated to information about
DLTtape systems, http://www.dlttape.com.
xxiii
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Manual
READER COMMENTS
Quantum is committed to providing the best products and service. We encourage
your comments, suggestions, and corrections for this manual. Please send all
comments to:
Quantum Technical Publications
4001 Discovery Drive, Suite 1100
Boulder, CO 80303
xxiv
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter provides a description and gives specifications for the Quantum DLT™7000 Tape
System.
1.1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The Quantum DLTÔ 7000 tape system is a high-performance, high-capacity,
streaming cartridge tape system designed for efficient data back-up for midrange
and high-end computing systems. With Quantum’s DLT advanced linear
recording technology, a highly accurate tape guide system, and an adaptive
control mechanism, the drive is ideally suited for mid-range systems, network
servers, and high-end workstations and systems.
Using data compression, the DLT 7000 tape system features a formatted
capacity of 70.0 GB* and a sustained user data transfer rate of 10 MB/second*
(native capacity is 35.0 GB; native data transfer rate is 5.0 MB/second).
The device is an extended-length, 5.25-inch form factor, half-inch cartridge tape
drive. The design includes a four-channel read/write head, Lempel-Ziv (LZ)
high-efficiency data compression, and tape mark directory to maximize data
throughput and minimize data access time.
The system is available either as an integratible or “embedded” drive or as a
tabletop version. The tabletop version is packaged in housing that includes its
own cooling fan and power supply, requiring ac power.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.2
PRODUCT FEATURES
The DLT 7000 tape drive offers the following product features:
·
35.0 GB Native, 70.0 GB Compressed Capacity (Formatted capacity
assuming a 2:1 data compression ratio. Note that actual compression ratio
depends on the type of data, SCSI bus limitations, and system
configuration.)
·
·
·
·
Superior Error Detection and Correction
Extensive Embedded Diagnostic/Self-Test Software
Fast access to Data via Tape Mark Directory
Tape-Loadable Firmware
1.3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
The following subsections contain full specifications for the Quantum DLT 7000
tape drive. Specifications for the DLTtapeÔ tape media cartridges are also
included.
1.3.1 Physical Specifications
Table 1-1 provides physical dimensions for the DLT 7000 tape system.
Table 1-1 DLT 7000 Physical Dimensions
Description
Integratible Version
Tabletop Version
Height
8.26 cm (3.25 in) without front bezel;
8.64 cm (3.40 in) with front bezel.
12.40 cm (4.88 in)
Width
Depth
14.48 cm (5.70 in) behind front bezel;
14.91 cm (5.87 in) with front bezel.
22.86 cm (9.00 in)
32.39 cm (12.75 in)
22.86 cm (9.00 in) measured from back
of front bezel; 24.38 cm (9.60 in)
including front bezel
Weight*
2.9 kg (6 lb., 7 oz)
3.9 kg (8 lb., 8 oz)
6.6 kg (14 lb., 9 oz)
10.0 kg (22 lb.)
Shipping
Weight*
* depending on configuration.
Note: Mounting hole pattern for the bottom and sides of the drive is industry
standard.
1-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.2 Interface Type
DLT 7000 tape drives are available with narrow SCSI-2 Fast/Wide (16-bit)
single-ended or differential interfaces.
1.3.3 Storage Capacity
The following table provides the ranges of capacity (native and compressed) for
the tape system, depending on which DLTtape cartridge is used.
Table 1-2 DLT 7000 Storage Capacity
DLTtape Cartridge
Native
Storage Compressed Storage
(Length of Medium)
Capacity
Capacity
DLTtape IV
1780 foot tape)
(extended
35.0 GB User Data
70.0 GB User Data
(compressed 2:1)
DLTtape IIIx
1780 foot tape)
(extended
(standard
15.0 GB User Data
30.0 GB User Data
(compressed 2:1)
DLTtape III
1167 foot tape)
600 MB User Data*
2.6 GB User Data*
10.0 GB User Data
20.0 GB User Data
(compressed 2:1)
* The DLTtape III cartridge is the only cartridge that can be used by the DLT
7000 for 600 MB or 26 GB native capacity.
Note that a compression factor of as high as 2:1 can be attained, depending on
the data type and subject to the limitations of the SCSI bus design and the
configuration of the system in which the tape drive is installed.
1.3.4 Reliability (Projected)
Mean time between failures (MTBF) for the tape drive is projected to be 200,000
hours at 100% duty cycle. Head life is 30,000 tape motion hours.
Media durability is projected to be 1,000,000 passes of the tape medium across
the read/write heads (15,000 uses).
Quantum Corporation does not warrant that predicted MTBF is representative
of any particular unit installed for customer use. Actual figures vary from unit
to unit.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.5 Performance Data
The following table provides performance data for the DLT 7000 tape system.
Table 1-3 DLT 7000 Performance Data
Feature
Description
Transfer Rate, User Native
5.2 MB/second
6.8
Transfer Rate, Raw Native Transfer MB/second
Up to 10.0
Rate, Compressed
MB/second *
Error Rates
Recoverable READ Error Rate = 1 in 1x107
Detected, Uncorrected Error Rate = 1 in 1x1017 bits
read
Undetected Error Rate =1 in 1x1027 bits read
Recoverable WRITE Error Rate = 1 in 1x106
208; 52 quads
Tracks
Linear Bit Density
85,937 bpi per track
160 inches/second
READ / WRITE Tape Speed
Rewind Tape Speed
175 inches/second
Linear Search Tape Speed
Average Rewind Time
Maximum Rewind Time
Average Access Time (from BOT)
175 inches/second
60 seconds
120 seconds
60 seconds
Maximum Access Time (from BOT) 120 seconds if the tape directory on the tape is
valid. If the tape must be read from BOT to EOT,
maximum access time is 132 seconds.
Load to BOT (typical)
37 seconds – previously written (slightly longer if
using a blank tape)
Load to BOT (max time using V80
firmware or greater)
5.5 minutes with blank tape that fails calibration
(time includes calibration retries)
Unload from BOT
17 seconds
Nominal Tape Tension
3.0 +/- 1 oz. when stationery
+/- 1 oz. at operating speed
4.7
* = Depending on data type and SCSI bus limitations/system configuration.
Note that data is typical; times may be longer if error recovery time is needed.
1-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.6 Environmental Specifications
The following tables provide the operating, non-operating, storage and shipping
environmental specifications for the DLT 7000 tape system.
Table 1-4 DLT 7000 Environmental Specifications
Specification
Operating Limits
Non-Operating Limits
(Power On; No Tape Loaded)
Wet Bulb Temperature
25°C (77°F)
25°C (77°F)
Dry Bulb Temperature
Range
10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F)
10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F)
Temperature Gradient
Temperature Shock
Relative Humidity
Humidity Gradient
Altitude
11°C (52°F) /hour (across range)
10°C (50°F) (over two minutes)
20% to 80% (non-condensing)
10% / hour
15°C (59°F) /hour (across range)
15°C (59°F) (over two minutes)
10% to 90% (non-condensing)
10% / hour
Normal Pressure from -500 feet
to 30,000 feet
Airflow Velocity
125 Linear Feet per Minute
(LFM) measured directly in front
of the front bezel
Table 1-5 DLT 7000 Storage and Shipping Specifications
Description
Storage (Unpacked or Packed)
-40 to 66°C (-40 to 150°F)
46°C (114°F)
Shipping
Dry Bulb Temperature
Wet Bulb Temperature
Temperature Gradient
-40 to 150°F(-40 to 66°C)
114°F (46°C)
20°C (68°F) /hr with 5° margin
across the range
25°C (77°F) /hr with 5° margin
across the range
Temperature Shock
15°C (59°F) /hr with 5° margin
over 2 minutes
15°C (59°F) /hr with 5° margin
over 2 minutes
Relative Humidity
Humidity Gradient
10 to 95%, non-condensing
10%/hr
10 to 95%, non-condensing
10%/hr
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
Table 1-6 DLT 7000 Operating Shock and Vibration Specifications
Specification Description
Shock
Pulse Shape:
½ sine pulse
Peak Acceleration: 10 G
Duration:
10 ms
Application:
X,Y,Z axes, once in each axis
Vibration
Type:
Sine
Sweep
Frequency Range:
5 to 500 Hz
Upward and downward sweep
Between 22 and 500 Hz
Between 5 and 22 Hz (crossover)
Sweep rate = 1 octave per minute
Acceleration level: 0.25 G
0.010” DA
Application:
X,Y,Z axes
Vibration (Overstress)
Type:
Sine
Sweep
Frequency Range:
10 to 500 Hz
Upward and downward sweep
Between 26.1 and 500 Hz
Between 5 and 26.1 Hz (crossover)
Sweep rate = 1 octave per minute
Acceleration level: 0.50 G
0.010” DA
Application:
Vertical axis
(top/bottom)
1-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
Table 1-7 DLT 7000 Non-Operating Shock and Vibration Specifications
Shock (Unpackaged)
Pulse Shape:
Square wave
½ sine pulse
140 G
Peak Acceleration:
40 G (180 in/sec
velocity changing)
Duration:
10 ms
2 ms
Application:
X,Y,Z axes, twice in each axis (once in each direction)
Shock (Unpackaged, Overstress)
Test Type:
Bench handling; pivot drop
Description:
Application:
Pivot edge to a height of 4 inches above table and release
Four shocks total; once each edge
Shock (Packaged, Repetitive)
Excitation Type:
Shock (bounce) cycles:
Application:
Synchronous vertical motion; 1 inch excursion
14,200 total
Half cycles each in X and Y orientations; 7100 cycles in the X
orientation, 7100 cycles in the Y orientation.
Shock (Packaged, Drop) Drop: 42 inches (items < 20.0 lbs.) 16 drops total
Vibration (Unpackaged)
Type:
Sine
Sweep
Frequency Range:
Acceleration Level:
Application:
10-500-10 Hz
1 G
Upward and downward sweep
10-500-10 Hz
X,Y,Z axes
Sweep rate = ½ octave / minute
Type:
Random
5-500 Hz
2 G
Sweep
Frequency Range:
Acceleration Level:
PSD Envelope
Upward and downward sweep
0.008 G2 / Hz
Application:
Vibration (Packaged)
Type:
X,Y,Z axes
Random
Sweep rate = 60 minutes /axis
Frequency Range /Power Spectral Density (PSD):
Vertical:
5 to 300 Hz (Z axis)
Horizontal:
5 to 200 Hz (X and Y axes)
Levels:
1.0 G in X, Y, Z axes
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.7 Power Requirements
The following table provides the applicable power requirements for both versions
of the tape drive. Note that the tabletop version requires ac power.
Table 1-8 DLT 7000 Power Requirements
Requirement
Integratible Version
Tabletop Version
100 to 240 VAC
60 W, maximum
Electrical Rating (Auto Ranging)
Power Requirements
Not applicable
37 W, steady state;
60 W, maximum
Power Consumption:
V (±5%) bus *
+5
4.0 A,
steady state; 4.8 A,
maximum
Not
Applicable
+12 V (±5%) bus *
1.8 A, steady state;
4.0 A, maximum
Not Applicable
* = SCSI bus attached
NOTES:
1. 12 volts peak and 5 volts peak do not occur simultaneously.
2. All values are based on standard commercial switching power supply.
1-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.8 Current Requirements
The following table lists current requirements for the tape drive in a variety of
operating conditions.
Table 1-9 DLT 7000 Current Requirements
Volts
Typical
Maximum (Includes Ripple)
Drive Operating in WRITE Mode Start/Stop
5 Volt Rail
3.6 Amps
1.6 Amps
3.8 Amps
2.0 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Drive Operating in Calibration, Unloading, Track Changing, and Code Update
5 Volt Rail
3.1 Amps
1.3 Amps
3.2 Amps
2.6 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Drive Tensioned, but Tape Not in Motion (Standby Mode)
5 Volt Rail
3.1 Amps
0.8 Amps
3.1 Amps
0.8 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Drive Unloaded with Cartridge Door Opened
5 Volt Rail
3.1 Amps
0.8 Amps
3.1 Amps
1.1 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Drive Unloaded with Cartridge Door Closed
5 Volt Rail
3.1 Amps
1.2 Amps
3.1 Amps
1.4 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Drive Rewinding to BOT
5 Volt Rail
3.1 Amps
1.2 Amps
3.1 Amps
2.0 Amps
12 Volt Rail
Supply Transient Voltage: Drive Operating in Current Requirements Paragraph
Mode
5 Volt Rail
60 mv pp
1.6 v pp
12 Volt Rail
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.9 Acoustic Noise Emissions
The following tables provide the tape drive’s acoustic noise emission levels, both
as noise power and sound pressure. Information about acoustic emissions is also
provided in German to fulfill an international requirement.
Table 1-10 Acoustic Noise Emissions, Nominal
Acoustics – Preliminary declared values per ISO9296 and ISO 7779/EN27779
Noise Power Emission Level
(LNPEc)
Sound Pressure Level
(LPAc)
Product
Integratible
Tabletop
Idle
Not applicable
4.6 B
Streaming
Not applicable
5.1 B
Idle
Streaming
Not applicable
41.0 dB
Not applicable
30.0 dB
Table 1-11 Acoustic Noise Emissions for German Noise Declaration Law
Schallemissionswerte - Werteangaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779/DIN EN27779:
Schalleistungspegel
LwAd, B
Schalldruckpegel
LpAm, dBA (Zuschauerpositionen)
Gerät
Leerlauf
Betrieb
Leerlauf
39 dB
Betrieb
45 dB
40 dB
Integratible
Tabletop
5,5 B
5,3 B
5,2 B
1.3.10 Tape System Recording Type
The tape system uses the 2 - 7 RLL encoding method with DLT 2000, DLT
2000xt, DLT 4000, or DLT 7000 format; MFM with 2.6 GB / 6.0 GB format.
1-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.11 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications
Table 1-13 provides specifications for tape media. Table 1-14 provides operating
and storage environment limits for the tape cartridges.
Table 1-12 DLTtape Media Specifications
DLTtape
Specifications
Media Type
DLTtape III
Width: 0.5 in., metal particle
Length: 1200 feet (standard 1167 ft. tape)
Cartridge Dimensions: 4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in
Shelf Life: 30 years min. @ 20°C & 40% RH (non-condensing)
Usage: 1,000,000 passes (typical office/computer environment)
DLTtape IIIxt Width: 0.5 in., metal particle
Length: 1800 feet (extended 1780 ft tape)
Cartridge Dimensions: 4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in
Shelf Life: 30 years min. @ 20°C & 40% RH (non-condensing)
Usage: 1,000,000 passes (typical office/computer environment)
Width: 0.5 in., metal particle
DLTtape IV
Length: 1800 feet (extended 1780 ft. tape)
Cartridge Dimensions: 4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in
Shelf Life: 30 years min. @ 20°C & 40% RH (non-condensing)
Usage: 1,000,000 passes (typical office/computer environment)
Table 1-13 DLTtape Cartridge Operating and Storage Limits
Operating Conditions
Temperature
10° to 40°C (50° to 104°F)
20% to 80% non-condensing
With Data:
Relative Humidity
Storage Conditions
Temperature
Without Data:
18° to 28°C (64° to 82°F)
40% to 60% non-condensing
16° to 32°C (66° to 89°F)
20% to 80% non-condensing
Relative Humidity
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.12 Electromagnetic Emissions
The integratible version of the drive complies with FCC Class A in a standard
enclosure; the tabletop version complies with the FCC Class B limits.
1.3.13 Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Susceptibility
The following table provides regulations and certifications held by the tape
drives.
Table 1–14 EMI Regulations and Certifications
Type
Regulation/Certification
CSA 108.8
For EMI Emissions
EEC Directive 89/336
EN550022 and National BS6527 (UK)
Standards
NEN55022 (Netherlands)
VDE 0971 Class B (Germany)
CE Mark
Cispr22 Class B
FCC Rules Part 15B
Class B Certification
1.3.14 Conducted Emissions
Limits for Class B equipment are in the frequency range from 0.15 to 30 MHz.
The limit decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency in the range
from 0.15 to 0.50 MHz.
Table 1-15 Conducted Emissions
Frequency Range
Limits dB
Quasi-peak
66 to 56*
56
Average
56 to 46
46
0.15 to 0.050 MHz
0.50 to 5 MHz
5 to 30 MHz
60
50
* The limit decreases with the logarithm of the frequency.
1-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1.3.15 Radiated Emissions
Limits of radiated interference field strength, in the frequency range from 30
MHz to 30 GHz at a test distance of 3 and 10 meters, for Class B equipment are
listed in the following table.
Table 1-16 Radiated Emissions
Frequency Range
Quasi-peak limits dB (µV/m)
Quasi-peak
Average
40
30 to 230 MHz
30
37
230 to 1000 MHz
Above 1000 MHz
46
N/A
54
* The limit decreases with the logarithm of the frequency.
1.3.16 Susceptibility
The following table lists radiated, magnetic radiated, and conducted
susceptibility for the tape drive.
Table 1-17 Radiated, Magnetic Radiated, and Conducted Susceptibility
Radiated - High Frequency, Electric Fields, 1 to 1000 MHz
3 V/m (rms) 80% modulated 1 kHz
No errors, no screen distortion
S/W recoverable errors
hardware failure
No
Magnetic Radiated - Low Frequency, Magnetic Fields, 10 to 3000 kHz
100 dB (pt) @ 10 kHz declining to 80 dB (pt) @ No errors, no screen distortion
1 Mhz
Conducted (The transient voltage is the actual peak voltage above the normal ac voltage
from the power source. The maximum energy in a single pulse from the transient
generator must be limited to 2.5 W)
Fast Transient (Bursts) for
Power and Data Cables
2 kV
S/W recoverable errors
hardware failures
No
High Energy Transient
Voltage for Power Cables
1.2 kV
2.5 kV
No errors
S/W recoverable errors
hardware failure
No
Low-Level Conducted
Interference
3 V (rms) 80%
modulated 1 kHz recoverable errors
hardware failure
No errors
S/W
No
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
1-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Description and Specifications
1-14
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION
This chapter describes how to install the integratible tape drive or “brick” into a rackmount system.
This includes configuration jumper settings, connector pin assignments, installation instructions,
power and signal cabling descriptions, and operating instructions. This chapter also includes
information on configuring and connecting the tabletop version of the drive into a system.
This chapter covers the following topics:
·
Safety, Handling and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection (Section 2.1)
describes appropriate guidelines when working with the tape drive.
·
Configuring and Installing a Rackmount Tape Drive (Section 2.2) describes
how to configure and install an integratible tape drive into a host system,
expansion cabinet, or other chassis.
·
·
Configuring and Installing a Tabletop Drive (Section 2.3) describes how to
configure and install the tabletop version of the tape drive.
Drive Controls and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) (Section 2.4) identifies
the front panel controls and LEDs and describes their functionality. It also
explains density selection.
·
·
Power On Self Test (POST) (Section 2.5) describes the activities that occur
when power is first applied to the drive.
Troubleshooting (Section 2.6) lists troubleshooting tips in the event that the
tape drive fails.
2.1 SAFETY, HANDLING AND ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) PROTECTION
Inappropriate or careless handling of tape drives may result in damage to the
product. Follow the precautions and directions to prevent damaging the tape
drive.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.1.1 Safety Precautions
For your safety, follow all safety procedures described here and in other sections of
the manual.
·
Remove power from the computer system (or expansion unit) before
installing or removing the tape drive to prevent the possibility of electrical
shock or damage to the tape drive. Unplug the unit that contains or is to
contain the drive from ac power to provide an added measure of safety.
·
Read, understand, and observe any and all label warnings.
2.1.2 Handling
Damage to the drive can occur as the result of careless handling, vibration, shock,
or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always handle the tape drive with care to avoid
damage to the precision internal components.
Follow these guidelines to avoid damage to the drive:
·
·
·
Always observe prescribed ESD precautions.
Keep the drive in its anti-static bag until ready to install.
Always use a properly fitted wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection
when handling the drive.
·
·
Hold drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the PCBA.
Always handle the drive carefully and gently. A drop of ¼ inch onto a bench
or desktop may damage a drive.
·
·
Do not bump, jar, or drop the drive. Use care when transporting the drive.
Always gently place the drive flat, PCB side down, on an appropriate ESD-
protected work surface to avoid the drive being accidentally knocked over.
·
·
Do not pack other materials with the drive in its anti-static bag.
Place the drive in the anti-static bag before placing it in a shipping
container.
·
·
·
Do not stack objects on the drive.
Do not expose the drive to moisture.
Do not place hands or foreign objects inside the tape drive’s door/receiver
area.
2-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.1.3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection
Various electrical components on/within the tape drives are sensitive to static
electricity and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Even a static buildup or discharge
that is too slight to feel can be sufficient to destroy or degrade a component's
operation.
To minimize the possibility of ESD-related damage to the drive, we strongly
recommend using both a properly installed workstation anti-static mat and a
properly installed ESD wrist strap. When correctly installed, these devices reduce
the buildup of static electricity that might harm the drive.
Observe the following precautions to avoid ESD-related problems:
·
·
Use a properly installed anti-static pad on your work surface.
Always use a properly fitted and grounded wrist strap or other suitable ESD
protection when handling the drive and observe proper ESD grounding
techniques.
·
·
·
·
Hold the drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the
PCBA.
Leave the drive in its anti-static bag until you are ready to install it in the
system.
Place the drive on a properly grounded anti-static work surface pad when it
is out of its protective anti-static bag.
Do not use the bag as a substitute for the work surface anti-static pad. The
outside of the bag may not have the same anti-static properties as the
inside. It could actually increase the possibility of ESD problems.
·
Do not use any test equipment to check components on the PCBA. There are
no user-serviceable components on the drive.
2.2
CONFIGURING AND INSTALLING A RACKMOUNT TAPE DRIVE
This section provides information for configuring and installing a tape drive that
is integrated into a host system, expansion cabinet, or other chassis. For
information for configuring and installing a tabletop tape drive, see Section 2.3.
WARNING
Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precautions
described at the beginning of this chapter to avoid personal injury
or damage to equipment.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Drive configuration for DLT 7000 tape drive includes the following:
·
·
·
Set the SCSI ID for the drive (default = SCSI ID 5)
Configure the drive to provide TERMPWR
Set parity checking for the drive (default = parity checking enabled)
If you want to change any of the settings, go to the applicable subsection;
otherwise, proceed directly to the tape drive’s installation procedures in section
2.2.4.
2.2.1 Setting the Rackmount Drive SCSI ID
Each device on the SCSI bus must have a unique SCSI ID address assigned to it.
For specific recommendations for assigning SCSI IDs, refer to the system or SCSI
controller documentation.
Rackmount drives can be configured for SCSI ID addresses that range from 0 to
15 (default=5) in one of two ways:
a) jumper the 10-pin SCSI ID jumper block shown in Figure 2-1, or
b) set the IDs through firmware. If the firmware is set to SCSI ID = 5, then no
jumpers are installed on the SCSI ID jumper block.
This subsection discusses setting the SCSI ID on the rackmount drive via the
jumper block. Table 2-1 lists the SCSI ID address and jumper settings.
NOTES
The default setting for the tape drive is SCSI ID 5; the host adapter is
typically SCSI ID 7.
A jumper must be installed across Pins 9-10 (Remote ID Present pins)
for the host to recognize any SCSI ID selections from this jumper
block.
2-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Front Panel
SCSI ID Jumper Block
Loader Connector
9
1
10
2
(default SCSI ID 5 shown)
Figure 2-1 DLT 7000 SCSI ID Jumper Location (Rackmount Version Shown)
Table 2-1 SCSI ID Address Selections
SCSI ID
Jumper Across Pins:
9-10
7-8
5-6
3-4
1-2
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
2
3
4
5 (default)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0 = No Jumper installed 1 = Jumper installed
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.2.2 Configure the Rackmount Drive for TERMPWR (Single-Ended Only)
A SCSI bus must be terminated at each end of the bus. At least one device must
supply terminator power (TERMPWR). Quantum recommends that every device
on the SCSI bus be configured to supply TERMPWR to ensure that there is a
sufficient level of voltage along the SCSI bus.
Install a jumper across Pins 3 and 4 (Figure 2-2) to enable TERMPWR.
Front Panel
TERMPWR
25
1
2
Parity Check
26
17
18
1
2
Install Jumper on Pins 3-4
to enable TERMPWR.
Install Jumper on Pins 1-2
to disable Parity Checking.
Figure 2-2 DLT 7000 TERMPWR and Parity Check Jumper Locations
Version Shown)
(Rackmount
2.2.3 Configure The Rackmount Drive for Parity Checking
The default setting for DLT 7000 tape drives is to have parity checking enabled.
If the system to which you are configuring the rackmount tape drive does not
generate SCSI parity, disable parity checking by installing a jumper across Pins 1
and 2 on the parity check connector as shown in Figure 2-2.
2-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.2.4 Installing the Rackmount Tape Drive
Installing the tape drive requires securing the drive in its bay or chassis and
connecting SCSI bus and power cables.
2.2.4.1 Securing the Rackmount Tape Drive
This section describes how to mount and secure the drive in the system.
In some systems, it may be more convenient to connect the SCSI bus and power
cables to the drive before securing it in the system.
Because of the variety of mounting possibilities for tape drives, the instructions
presented here are general in nature. They should be used only as a guide for
mounting the drive in your system.
Mount the drive in the system by performing the following steps:
1. Position the drive in the system and align the drive mounting holes (side or
bottom) with those in the system. Figure 2–3 shows the mounting locations
and dimensions for the drive.
2. Using four (4) screws, secure the tape drive in its bay or chassis. Note that
screws used to mount the tape drive must be 8 x 6-32 UNC-2B screws. There
is no danger of these screws touching electronic components or otherwise
damaging the tape drive.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
9.60 (24.38)
9.00 (22.86)
3.25
(8.26)
3.40
(8.64)
3.13
(7.94)
1.88
(4.76)
0.82
(2.08)
Front Panel
Side View - Inches (Centimeters)
9.60 (24.38)
5.50
(13.97)
5.84
(14.83)
5.70
(14.48)
0.10
(0.25)
3.13
(7.94)
1.88
(4.78)
Front Panel
Bottom View - Inches (Centimeters)
Figure 2–3 Rackmount Drive Mounting Locations – Side and Bottom Views
2-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.2.4.2 Connecting the Rackmount Drive Cables
The three external connectors on the DLT 7000 tape drive that are discussed in
this manual are the SCSI, power and optional loader connectors. Tabletop
connectors are described in subsection 2.3.
SCSI and Power Connectors (Rackmount)
Figure 2-4 shows the pin orientation for the 68-pin SCSI connector and 4-pin
power connector located on the back of the tape drive. Pin assignments for the
single-ended and differential SCSI connectors are listed in Tables 2–2 and 2-3; pin
assignments for the power connector are listed in Table 2-4.
Align the appropriate SCSI and power cables to their matching connectors.
Carefully connect the cables, to avoid bending or damaging the connector pins.
Drive Back
Pin 1
4-Pin Power Connector
SCSI-2 Connector
Figure 2-4 SCSI and Power Cable Connectors (Rackmount Version Shown)
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–2 68-Pin Single-Ended Version SCSI Connector Signal Names
Signal Name
Pin Number
Pin Number
Signal Name
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
1
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
-DB(12)
-DB(13)
-DB(14)
-DB(15)
-DB(P1)
-DB(0)
-DB(1)
-DB(2)
-DB(3)
-DB(4)
-DB(5)
-DB(6)
-DB(7)
-DB(P0)
Ground
Ground
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
Ground
-ATN
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Ground
-BSY
-ACK
-RST
-MSG
-SEL
-C/D
-REQ
-I/O
-DB(8)
-DB(9)
-DB(10)
-DB(11)
Note: The minus sign (-) next to a signal indicates active low.
2-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–3 68-Pin Differential Version SCSI Connector Signal Names
Signal Name
Pin Number
Pin Number
Signal Name
+DB(12)
+DB(13)
+DB(14)
+DB(15)
+DB(P1)
Ground
+DB(0)
+DB(1)
+DB(2)
+DB(3)
+DB(4)
+DB(5)
+DB(6)
+DB(7)
+DB(P)
DIFFSENS
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
+ATN
1
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
-DB(12)
-DB(13)
-DB(14)
-DB(15)
-DB(P1)
Ground
-DB(0)
-DB(1)
-DB(2)
-DB(3)
-DB(4)
-DB(5)
-DB(6)
-DB(7)
-DB(P)
Ground
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
Reserved
-ATN
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Ground
+BSY
Ground
-BSY
+ACK
-ACK
+RST
-RST
+MSG
-MSG
+SEL
-SEL
+C/D
-C/D
+REQ
-REQ
+I/O
-I/O
Ground
+DB(8)
+DB(9)
+DB(10)
+DB(11)
Ground
-DB(8)
-DB(9)
-DB(10)
-DB(11)
Note: The minus sign (-) next to a signal indicates active low.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–4 4-Pin Power Connector Pin Assignments
Pin Number
Signal Name
1
2
3
4
+12 VDC
Ground (+12 V return)
Ground (+5 V return)
+5 VDC
Optional Loader Connector (Rackmount)
The loader connector provides signals to be used when the tape drive is part of a
loader/library configuration. Figure 2-5 shows the location of the connector; pin
assignments for the loader connector are listed in Table 2-5.
Front Panel
SCSI ID Jumper Block
10-Pin Loader Connector
Figure 2–5 Loader Connector Block Location (Rackmount Version Shown)
Table 2–5 10-Pin Loader Connector Pin Assignments
Signal Name
Pin Number
Pin Number
Signal Name
Loader_Present L
Rec_From_Loader (+) H
Rec_From_Loader (-) L
DEL27 L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Send_to_Loader (-) L
DEL23 L
8
DEL24 L
9
DEL25 L
Send_to_Loader (+) H
10
DEL26 L
2-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.3
CONFIGURING AND INSTALLING A TABLETOP DRIVE
This section provides instructions for configuring and installing the tabletop
version of the tape drive.
2.3.1 Configuring the Tabletop Drive
Figure 2-6 shows the location of the controls and connectors for the tabletop
version of the drive. Note that this drive is normally configured to meet customer
specifications before leaving the factory so should not require any internal
configuration changes on-site.
SCSI Connector (2)
Power Switch
SCSI ID Pushbutton
Power Connector
Figure 2–6 Tabletop Back Panel
SCSI ID - The SCSI ID default for the tabletop drive is set to 5; the drive can be
configured for SCSI ID addresses that range from 0 to 15 using the SCSI ID
pushbutton. Press the button above or below the ID number display to set the
desired SCSI ID. The top button increases the ID number; the bottom button
decreases the ID number.
TERMPWR and/or Parity Check - The tabletop version of the drive can be
internally configured to supply TERMPWR or parity checking. Contact your
service representative if you want to change either of these settings on the
tabletop version of the drive.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.3.2 Installing the Tabletop Drive
Installing the tape drive consists of connecting SCSI bus and power cables.
Figure 2-6 shows the location of the two SCSI bus connectors and power
connector on the back of the tabletop drive.
SCSI Cables
The SCSI bus cable leading from the host adapter can be connected to either of
the connectors. If the tape unit is the last device on the bus, then a terminator
should be installed on the open connector. If the bus continues from the tape
drive to another SCSI device, then install a SCSI bus cable between the open
connector and the next device on the bus.
Carefully align connectors to avoid bending or damaging the connector pins.
1. Make sure the power switch is in the off (0) position.
2. Carefully align and connect one end of the SCSI cable to a SCSI connector
on the back of the drive. Connect the other end of the SCSI cable to the
SCSI connector on your system, or for daisy-chained configurations, to
another SCSI device.
3. Snap the wire cable clamps into place to secure the cables.
4. Be sure to terminate the SCSI bus. If the tabletop drive is the last or only
device on the bus, terminate the bus by connecting the SCSI terminator to
the remaining SCSI connector on the back of the drive. Depending on the
terminator supplied (single-ended terminator = 50 LD Amphenol # 16706,
differential terminator = 50 LD Amphenol #11541), snap the wire cable
clamps into place or tighten the screws to secure the terminator.
If the tabletop drive is not the last or only device on the bus, install a
terminator on the last device on the SCSI bus.
AC Power Cable
An ac power cord is supplied with each tabletop tape unit. Carefully inspect the
power cord and ensure that the cord is the appropriate cord for your country or
region based on the criteria below.
WARNING
Do not attempt to modify or use an external 100 - 115 VAC power
cord for 220 - 240 VAC input power. Modifying the power cord in
any way can cause personal injury and severe equipment damage.
2-14
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
The ac power cord used with the tabletop tape unit must meet the following
criteria:
·
·
The power cord should be a minimum of 18/3 AWG, 60°C, Type SJT or SVT.
UL and CSA Certified cordage rated for use at 250 VAC with a current rating
that is at least 125% of the current rating of the product.
·
The ac plug must be terminated in a grounding-type male plug designed for
use in your country or region. It must also have marks showing certification
by an agency acceptable in your country or region.
·
·
The connector at the tabletop unit end of the cord must be an IEC type CEE-
22 female connector.
The cord must be no longer than 14.5 feet (4.5 meters).
Figure 2-7 shows different ac power cord plug-end configurations for 115 V and
220 / 240 V usage.
115 V
220 / 240 V
Figure 2–7 AC Power Cord Connector Types
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Note that the power supply of the tabletop unit has an auto-sensing feature; no
adjustment or switch setting changes are required for different ac sources.
Refer to Figure 2-6. Connect one end of the power cord to the power connector on
the back of the drive. Connect the other end of the cord to the ac outlet.
2.4 DRIVE CONTROLS AND LIGHT EMITTING DIODES (LEDS)
This section identifies the front panel controls and LEDs and describes their
functionality. It also explains density selection.
2.4.1 Front Panel Controls and LEDs
This section describes the front panel controls and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)
used to operate the tape drive; all controls and LEDs are located on the tape
drive’s front panel. Figure 2-8 shows the locations of the controls and LEDs on
the front panel; Tables 2-6 through 2-8 describe control and LED functionality.
In addition to the controls and LEDs, the tape drive also has an audible beeper
that signals when the drive’s cartridge insert/release handle can be safely used.
Use these controls and LEDs to operate the tape drive and monitor the tape
drive’s activities.
Write-Protected LED
Tape In Use LED
Density LEDs
2.6
6.0
10.0/15.0
Use Cleaning Tape LED
20.0
35.0
Operate Handle LED
Unload Button
DLT
Compress LED
Density Override LED
Density Select Button
Cartridge Insert/Release Handle
Figure 2-8 DLT 7000 Front Panel
2-16
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–6 LED Functionality
LED Color Description
LED
Operate Handle
Green
On = Insert/Release handle can be operated.
Off = Do not operate Insert/Release handle.
Blinking = Close the Insert/Release handle and wait for Operate
Handle LED to light steadily.
Density -
2.6, 6.0,
10.0/15.0, 20.0
Amber
Amber
Refer to Table 2-7 and subsection 2.4.2.
Compress
On = Compression mode enabled (compression only valid for
10, 15, or 20 or 35 GB densities only).
Off = Compression mode disabled.
Blinking = Compress mode manually overridden by operator.
Density Override
Amber
On = Operator selected a density from the density Select
Button on the front panel.
Off = Density to be selected by the host (automatic).
Refer to subsection 2.4.2 for Density Select information.
On = Tape is Write-Protected
Write-Protected
Tape In Use
Orange
Amber
Off = Tape is Write-Enabled
Irregular Blinking = Tape is moving; the drive is calibrating,
reading, writing, or rewinding the tape.
Regular Blinking = The tape is loading, unloading, or
rewinding.
On = A cartridge is loaded in the tape drive, but the tape is not
moving; the drive is ready for use. This may also mean no
application is communicating with the tape drive’s controller,
or that the application is communicating but is not delivering
any command that impact tape motion.
Off = No tape is loaded.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–6 LED Functionality (continued)
LED Color Description
LED
Use Cleaning Tape
Amber
On = Tape drive needs cleaning or tape is bad.
Remains on after cleaning tape unloads = Cleaning tape
attempted to clean the drive head, but the tape expired so
cleaning was not done.
After cleaning, LED lights again when (data) tape cartridge is
reloaded = Problem tape cartridge. Try another cartridge. If
problem persists, contact service representative.
Off = Cleaning is complete or cleaning is unnecessary.
Appendix D has more information on cleaning tape usage.
2-18
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–7 Density LED Functionality
Description
Density LED
(Amber)
2.6
On = Tape is recorded in 2.6 GB format.
Blinking = Tape is being forced by operator to record in this density; 2.6 GB
has been selected for a WRITE from BOT.
6.0
On = Tape is recorded in 6.0 GB format.
Blinking = Tape is being forced by operator to record in this density; 6.0 GB
has been selected for a WRITE from BOT.
10.0 / 15.0
On = Tape is recorded in 10.0 GB (DLTtape III cartridge) / 15.0 GB (DLTtape
IIIxt cartridge) format (62,500 BPI density).
Blinking = Tape is being forced by operator to record in this density, 10.0
GB / 15.0 GB has been selected for a WRITE from BOT.
20.0
35.0
On = Tape is recorded in 20.0 GB (DLTtape IV cartridge) format (85,633 BPI
density).
Blinking = Tape is being forced by operator to record in this density, 35.0 GB
has been selected for a WRITE from BOT.
On = Tape is recorded in 35.0 GB format (81,937 BPI density).
Blinking = Tape is being forced by operator to record in this density, 35.0 GB
has been selected for a WRITE from BOT.
Note that these LEDs operate only if the correct media is loaded in the drive. For example,
the default density of a DLTtape IV cartridge is 20.0 GB; if you are using a DLTtape IV
cartridge, the density must be set to 20.0 GB. If you set the density to a different setting, the
LEDs do not light and the density function does not work properly.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2-8 Control Functionality
Description
Control
Density Select Button
Unload Button
Refer to subsection 2.4.2.
Use the Unload button to unload the tape cartridge. When you
push the Unload button, the tape drive waits until any active
writing of data to tape is completed, then begins its unload
sequence.
The drive rewinds the tape medium back into the cartridge and
writes the current or updated tape directory to the tape. The tape
must be completely rewound and unloaded into the cartridge
before the cartridge can be removed from the tape drive. A
complete unload operation may take 17 seconds from Beginning
of Tape (BOT).
Note that if the tape drive is in an error state (all LEDs on the right-
or left-hand side of the front panel are flashing), pushing the
Unload button causes the tape drive to reset and unload the tape, if
possible. The Operate Handle LED will be lit steady if this is
possible.
Cartridge Insert/Release
Handle
Use the Cartridge Insert/Release Handle to load or eject a tape
cartridge only when the tape drive’s Operate Handle LED is lit and
after the beeper sounds its tone. Lift the handle to its fully open
position, or lower it to its fully closed position.
Operate Handle Beeper
A beeper sound indicates that the cartridge insert/release handle
can be safely operated. When the drive emits its single beep tone,
verify that the green Operate Handle LED is lit steadily before
opening the handle.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the tape drive, never operate the
insert/release handle unless the green Operate Handle LED is lit and
you have heard the beep tone that signals that the tape drive’s
handle can be opened.
2-20
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.4.2 Selecting Density
This subsection describes the drive’s density select features.
CAUTION
If a prerecorded tape is reused and a WRITE from the beginning of
tape (BOT) executes (No Append Write), any data already recorded
on the tape will be lost. This includes density changes, since they
occur only when writing from BOT.
NOTES
On all READ and all WRITE APPEND operations, the data density that
already exists on the tape cartridge remains the density.
Default density of a DLTtapeTM III cartridge is 10.0 GB, native. The
only optional selections for DLTtape III cartridges are 2.6 GB, 6.0 GB,
10.0 GB (compression OFF), or 20.0 GB (compression ON).
Default density of a DLTtape IIIxt cartridge is 15.0 GB, native
(compression OFF), or 30.0 GB (compression ON). No other density is
supported.
Default density of a DLTtape IV cartridge is 35.0 GB, native
(compression OFF), or 70.0 GB (compression ON). A density of 20.0
GB native (compression OFF), or 40.0 GB (compression ON) is user-
selectable. No other density is supported.
When writing from BOT, tape density may be changed by:
·
Using the Density Select Button on the front panel of the tape drive. Using
the Density Select Button always overrides density selection via the host.
·
Using the operating system to issue a density designation. In this case, the
amber Density Override LED on the tape drive’s front panel turns off,
indicating an automatic or host density selection.
·
Native default density for the DLTtape IV is 35.0 GB (70.0 GB,
compressed), assuming the Density Select Button was not used or that host
selection of density via the operating system was not invoked.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Selecting Density on the Tape Drive
To select density on the tape drive:
1. Load the tape cartridge into the tape drive. The amber Tape in Use LED
blinks while the tape loads and calibrates.
2. After calibration is complete, the Tape In Use LED remains steadily lit. The
appropriate tape density LED along the left edge of the drive’s front panel
lights to indicate the tape’s prerecorded density (if any), such as 2.6 GB or
6.0 GB.
3. Use the tape drive’s density Select Button to select the desired density, if
different than that indicated by the lighted tape density LED. Density
selection is inactive until a WRITE from BOT is issued. The controller
retains the selected density until 1) the density selection is changed, or 2)
the tape is unloaded.
For Example:
A user loads a tape cartridge previously recorded at 2.6 GB density. The user then
presses the Density Select button to select 10.0 GB density. The following events
take place:
·
The amber 2.6 LED remains lit – the density has not yet changed and the
steadily lit LED reflects the tape’s recorded density.
·
·
The amber 10.0 LED blinks – this signals that a density change is pending.
The amber Density Override LED lights.
When a WRITE from BOT occurs:
·
·
·
The amber 2.6 LED turns off
The amber 10.0/15.0 LED lights steadily
The amber Density Override LED remains lit
Table 2-9 explains the activity of LEDs during density selection.
2-22
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–9 LED Activity During Density Selection
Then…
If…
The density Select Button The lighted LEDs show the actual density when the tape is
is not used
being read from and written to. The LEDs light steadily;
Density Override LED remains off.
The density Select Button The LED that reflects the actual density and the Density
is used and the actual
tape density is the same
as the density selected
via the button
Override both are lit. For example, if the actual density is
10.0 GB and 10.0 GB is selected via the Select Button, the
LED next to “10.0” lights.
The density Select Button The LED that reflects the actual density lights steadily. The
is used and the actual LED that reflects the SELECTED density blinks. The Density
tape density differs from Override lights steadily.
the density selected via
For example, if the actual tape density is 10.0 GB and the
selected density is 6.0 GB, the 10.0 LED lights steadily, the
6.0 LED blinks, and the Density Override LED lights steadily.
the button
Selecting Density via the Host over the SCSI Bus
1. Use the SCSI MODE SELECT command to indicate the desired density
(Chapter 5).
2. Write data to the tape from BOT.
2.5
POWER ON SELF TEST (POST)
When power is applied to the tape drive, the drive performs a POST. POST
completes in about 15 seconds and the tape drive should respond normally to all
commands; POST is complete after Stage 2 in Table 2-10. However, it might take
longer for the media to become ready.
After a bus reset, the tape drive responds within a bus selection time-out period
(per the ANSI SCSI specification). A reset may have the Tape In Use indicator
blinking because a reset forces the tape to be rewound to BOT.
The following table lists the sequence of events:
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–10 POST/Media Ready Activity
Stage
Activity
1
The LEDs along the right-hand side of the front panel light in sequence from
top to bottom. All LEDs remain lit for a few seconds.
2
3
The LEDs along the left-hand side of the front panel light together for about
three seconds then turns off. POST is complete after this stage.
The green Operate Handle, orange Write Protected, and amber Use Cleaning
Tape LEDs turn off. The amber Tape in Use LED blinks while the tape drive
initializes.
4
Following initialization, the tape drive is in one of the states described in Table
2-11. Upon completion, the POST is successful. If the POST is not successful,
refer to Section 2.6 Troubleshooting.
Table 2–11 Tape Drive States Following Initialization
State
LED Display and Activity
A tape cartridge is present and The tape drive loads the medium from the cartridge. The
the handle is down.
Tape In Use LED stops blinking and remains on. The LED next
to the tape’s actual density is on. When the Density Override
LED blinks, a density may be selected. The tape drive is ready
for use and the media is positioned at BOT.
No tape cartridge present.
The Tape in Use LED = Off. The Operate Handle LED = On.
Insert/Release Handle is unlatched. Tape drive beeper sounds
tone to signal that the handle may be raised and a tape
cartridge inserted.
A tape cartridge is present, but The Tape In Use LED = Off. The Operate Handle LED flashes.
the handle is up (not
recommended).
When the Insert/Release Handle is lowered, the cartridge
loads. If handle will not lower, ensure the tape cartridge is
pushed all the way into the tape drive.
The tape drive detects an error
condition.
Right- or left-hand LEDs blink repeatedly. Try to unload the
tape and reinitialize the tape drive by pressing the Unload
button or turn the drive power off then back on. The LEDs
stop blinking and the drive attempts to reinitialize. Note that
after pressing the Unload button you may have to wait five
minutes before the Operate Handle LED lights due to the
retry. The LEDs light steadily, then turn off if the test
succeeds.
The drive is powered on with
the handle in open position.
Operate Handle LED is blinking. Close the Insert/Release
Handle and wait for LED to light steadily.
2-24
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
2.6 TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 2-12 lists troubleshooting tips in the event that your tape drive fails its
power-on self test or if it signals a problem via its front panel LEDs.
If, after attempting the recommended actions listed in Table 2-12, the problem still
exists or recurs, a hardware failure may be the cause. Contact your service
representative.
Table 2–12 Troubleshooting Chart
If…
Then…
You Should…
System does not
recognize the tape
drive.
System may not be configured Configure system to recognize the tape
to recognize the SCSI ID.
SCSI ID may not be unique
drive’s ID.
Change the SCSI ID and reconfigure the
system. The new ID becomes effective at
the next power on or SCSI bus reset.
SCSI adapter parameters may
not be correct
Check SCSI adapter documentation.
SCSI signal cable may be loose
Ensure SCSI cable is fully seated at each
connector end.
SCSI terminator may be loose
or not present on the bus
Ensure correct, secure termination of bus.
SCSI bus may not be
terminated correctly
If tape drive is last or only device on bus
(except for adapter), make sure terminator
is installed on tape drive.
If tape drive is not the last or only device
on the bus, check the cable connections
and ensure that the bus is properly
terminated at each end.
SCSI terminator may not be at
end of bus or more than two
terminators may be present.
Ensure that a terminator is installed at each
end of the bus. One terminator is usually
installed at the host end of the bus.
SCSI bus may be too long.
Limit bus length to ANSI SCSI standard for
the SCSI interface being used.
Too many devices on the bus.
Limit the number of devices on the bus
(including the SCSI adapter) to match the
limits of the interface being used.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hardware Implementation
Table 2–12 Troubleshooting Chart (Continued)
If…
Then…
You Should…
System does not
recognize the tape
drive (cont.)
A device may not have been
turned on and a valid SCSI ID power to the system. Do this so that the
may not have been
configured prior to the
system powering on and
loading BIOS.
Turn drive power on first, and then turn on
drive is properly recognized by the system.
The tape drive does
not power up.
No power is reaching the
tape drive.
Check the tape drive’s power cable
connection at the rear of the drive.
All LEDs on the right
or on the left side of
the tape drive front
panel are blinking.
A drive fault has occurred.
If a tape was loaded, try to unload the tape
and reinitialize the drive by pressing the
Unload button, or by turning power to the
drive off then back on. The LEDs stop
blinking as the drive attempts to reinitialize.
The LEDs light steadily again, then
extinguish if the test succeeds. Be sure to
isolate the tape that was loaded in the drive
and perform the Tape Cartridge Inspection
Procedure described in appendix D.2.
CAUTION: If this happens multiple times,
contact your service representative.
When loading a tape The tape drive has detected a Isolate the tape cartridge from all other tape
cartridge, the LEDs
on the right side of
the tape drive front
panel are blinking.
possible drive leader
problem.
devices; not doing so may damage another
tape device. Perform the Tape Cartridge
Inspection Procedure described in appendix
D.2 on the tape cartridge. Contact your
service representative.
Nonfatal or fatal
errors occur for
which the cause
cannot be
SCSI bus termination or the
SCSI bus cable connections
may be incorrect.
Ensure the SCSI bus is terminated and that
all connections are secure.
Use an
ac outlet for the tabletop tape unit on the
same ac line used by the host system.
The ac power source
grounding may be incorrect
(tabletop version).
determined.
If, after attempting the recommended actions listed in Table 2-12, the problem still
exists or returns, a hardware failure may be the cause. Contact a service
representative. Also, the web site http://www.dlttape.com includes valuable
information about DLTtape systems.
2-26
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
SCSI DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides a detailed description of the logical interfaces of the tape drive. The drive is
fully compliant with the ANSI SCSI-2 standard for tape drive devices and implements many optional
features.
3.1
SCSI OVERVIEW
The Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) is a specification for a peripheral
bus and command set that is an ANSI standard. The standard defines an I/O
bus that supports up to 16 devices (wide SCSI).
ANSI defines three primary objectives of SCSI-2:
1. To provide host computers with device-independence within a class of
devices
2. To be backward-compatible with SCSI-1 devices that support bus parity and
that meet conformance level 2 of SCSI-1
3. To move device-dependent intelligence to the SCSI-2 devices
Important features of SCSI-2 implementation include the following:
·
·
Efficient peer-to-peer I/O bus with up to 16 devices
Asynchronous transfer rates that depend only on device implementation and
cable length
·
·
·
·
Logical addressing for all data blocks (rather than physical addressing)
Multiple initiators and multiple targets
Distributed arbitration (bus contention logic)
Command set enhancement
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.2
SCSI COMMANDS
ANSI classifies SCSI commands as mandatory, optional, or vendor-specific. The
mandatory and optional commands implemented for the drives are summarized
in Table 3–1 and described fully in Chapter 5, SCSI Commands.
Table 3–1 Implemented ANSI SCSI-2 Commands
Command
Code
Class
Description
ERASE
19h
Mandatory
Causes all of the tape medium to be
erased, beginning at the current position
on the logical unit.
INQUIRY
12h
1Bh
Mandatory
Optional
Requests that information be sent to the
initiator. The initiator may also request
additional information about the drive.
LOAD UNLOAD
Causes tape to move from not ready to
ready. Prior to performing the load
unload, the target ensures that all data,
filemarks, and/or setmarks shall have
transferred to the tape medium.
LOCATE
2Bh
4Ch
Optional
Optional
Causes the target to position the logical
unit to the specified block address in a
specified partition. When complete, the
logical position is before the specified
position.
LOG SELECT
Provides a means for the initiator to
manage statistical information
maintained by the drive about the drive.
This standard defines the format of the
log pages but does not define the exact
conditions and events that are logged.
LOG SENSE
4Dh
Optional
Provides a means for the initiator to
retrieve statistical information
maintained by the drive about the drive.
3-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–1 Implemented ANSI SCSI-2 Command (continued)
Command
Code
Class
Description
MODE SELECT (6)
15h
Optional
Provides a means for the initiator to
specify device parameters.
MODE SENSE (6)/(10)
1Ah/
5Ah
Optional
Optional
Provides a means for a drive to report
parameters to the initiator.
PREVENT ALLOW
MEDIUM REMOVAL
1Eh
Requests that the target enable or
disable the removal of the medium in
the logical unit. Medium cannot be
removed if any initiator has medium
removal prevented.
READ
08h
05h
3Ch
Mandatory
Mandatory
Optional
Requests the drive to transfer data to the
initiator.
READ BLOCK LIMITS
READ BUFFER
Requests that the logical unit’s block
length limits capability be returned.
Used in conjunction with the WRITE
BUFFER command as a diagnostic
function for testing target memory and
the integrity of the SCSI bus. This
command does not alter the medium.
READ POSITION
34 h
1Ch
Optional
Optional
Reports the current position of the
logical unit and any data blocks in the
buffer.
RECEIVE DIAG
RESULTS
Requests analysis data to be sent to the
initiator after completion of a SEND
DIAGNOSTIC Command.
RELEASE UNIT
17h
03h
Mandatory
Mandatory
Used to release a previously reserved
logical unit.
REQUEST SENSE
Requests the drive to transfer sense data
to the initiator.
RESERVE UNIT
16h
1Dh
Mandatory
Mandatory
Used to reserve a logical unit.
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
Requests the drive to perform diagnostic
operations on itself.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–1 Implemented ANSI SCSI-2 Command (continued)
Command
Code
Class
Description
SPACE
11h
Mandatory
Provides a selection of positioning
functions (both forward and backward)
that are determined by the code and
count.
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
00h
2Fh
0Ah
Mandatory
Optional
Provides a means to check if the logical
unit is ready.
Requests the drive to verify the data
written to the medium.
WRITE
Mandatory
Requests the drive to write the data
transferred from the initiator to the
medium.
WRITE BUFFER
3Bh
Optional
Used in conjunction with the READ
BUFFER command as a diagnostic for
testing target memory and the integrity
of the SCSI bus.
Used to update drive firmware from the
host via the SCSI bus.
WRITE FILEMARKS
10h
Mandatory
Requests that the target write the
specified number of filemarks or
setmarks to the current position on the
logical unit.
3.3
SIGNAL STATES
The following paragraphs describe signal values and SCSI ID bits.
3.3.1 Signal Values
All signal values are actively driven true (low voltage). Because the signal
drivers are OR-tied, the bus terminator’s bias circuitry pulls false when it is
released by the drivers at every SCSI device. If any device asserts a signal, (e.g.,
OR-tied signals), the signal is true. Table 3–2 lists the ANSI-specified and
defined signal sources. Any device can assert RST at any time.
3-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–2 Signal Sources
Signals
Bus Phase
BSY
SEL
C/D I/O
MSG REQ
ACK ATN
DB(7–0)
DB(P)
DB(15-8)
DB(P1)
BUS FREE
ARBITRATION
SELECTION
RESELECTION
COMMAND
DATA IN
None
All
None
Winner
Init
None
None
None
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
None
None
Init
None
S ID
Init
None
S ID
I&T
Init
I&T
Targ
Init
Targ
Init
Targ
None
Targ
Init
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
Targ
None
None
None
None
None
None
Init
Init
Targ
Init
DATA OUT
STATUS
Init
Init
Targ
Targ
Init
None
None
None
MESSAGE IN
MESSAGE OUT
Init
Init
All:
The signal is driven by all SCSI devices that are actively arbitrating.
SCSI ID:
Each SCSI device that is actively arbitrating asserts its unique SCSI ID bit. The other
seven (or fifteen) data bits are released. The parity bit DB(P or P1) can be released or
driven true, but is never driven false during this phase.
I&T:
The signal is driven by the initiator, drive, or both, as specified in the SELECTION and
RESELECTION phase.
Init:
If driven, this signal is driven only by the active initiator.
None:
The signal is released; that is, not driven by any SCSI device. The bias circuitry of the
bus terminators pulls the signal to the false state.
Winner:
Targ:
The signal is driven by the winning SCSI device.
If the signal is driven, it is driven only by the active drive.
3.3.2 SCSI ID Bits
SCSI permits a maximum of eight SCSI devices on a SCSI bus (16 devices are
permitted when using wide SCSI). Each SCSI device has a unique SCSI ID
assigned to it. This SCSI ID provides an address for identifying the device on the
bus. On the drive, the SCSI ID is assigned by configuring jumpers or connecting
remote switches to the option connector. Chapter 2, Hardware Implementation
has full instructions for setting the SCSI ID.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.4
SCSI SIGNALS
The following paragraphs define SCSI signals and bus timing values.
3.4.1 SCSI Signal Definitions
Table 3–3 defines the SCSI bus signals.
Table 3–3 SCSI-2 Bus Signal Definitions
Signal
Definition
ACK (acknowledge)
A signal driven by the initiator as an acknowledgment of
receipt of data from a target or as a signal to a target
indicating when the target should read the data (out) lines.
ATN (attention)
A signal driven by an initiator to indicate that it has a message
to send.
BSY (busy)
An OR-tied signal that indicates that the bus is in use.
C/D (control/data)
A signal driven by a target that indicates whether CONTROL or
DATA information is on the DATA BUS. True (low voltage)
indicates CONTROL.
DB(7–0,P) (data bus)
Eight data-bit signals, plus a parity-bit signal that form a DATA
BUS. DB(7) is the most significant bit and has the highest
priority (8 or 16-bit) during ARBITRATION. Bit number,
significance, and priority decrease downward to DB(0). A data
bit is defined as 1 when the signal value is true (low voltage)
and 0 when the signal value is false (high voltage). Data parity
DB(P) is odd. Parity is undefined during ARBITRATION.
DB(15–8,P1) (data bus)
Eight data-bit signals, plus one parity-bit signal, that forms an
extension to the DATA BUS. They are used for 16-bit (wide)
interfaces. DB(15) is the most significant bit and has the higher
priority (but below bit DB(0) during ARBITRATION. Bit number,
significance, and priority decrease downward to DB(8). Data
Parity DB (P1) is odd.
3-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–3 SCSI-2 Bus Signal Definitions (continued)
Signal
Definition
I/O (input/output)
A signal driven by a target that controls the direction of data
movement on the DATA BUS with respect to an initiator. True
indicates input to the initiator.
Also used to distinguish between SELECTION and RESELECTION
modes.
MSG (message)
REQ (request)
A signal driven by a target during the MESSAGE phase.
A signal driven by a target to indicate a request for an
information transfer to or from the initiator. Each byte of data
transferred is accompanied with a REQ/ACK “handshake”. See
also, ACK.
RST (reset)
SEL (select)
An OR-tied signal that initiates a RESET condition.
An OR-tied signal used by an initiator to select a target or by a
target to reselect an initiator.
3.4.2 Signal Bus Timing
The ANSI SCSI-2 standard defines the SCSI bus timing values shown in Table
3–4.
Table 3–4 SCSI Bus Timing Values
Timing Description
Value
Description
Arbitration Delay
2.4 µs
Minimum time a SCSI device waits from asserting BSY
for arbitration until the DATA BUS can be examined to
see if arbitration has been won; there is no maximum
time.
Assertion Period
90 ns
Minimum time a drive asserts REQ while using
synchronous data transfers; also, the minimum time
that an initiator asserts ACK while using synchronous
data transfers.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–4 SCSI Bus Timing Values (continued)
Timing Description
Value
Description
Bus Clear Delay
800 ns
Maximum time for a SCSI device to stop driving all
bus signals after:
1. BUS FREE is detected.
2.
SEL is received from another SCSI device during
ARBITRATION. 3.
Transition of RST to true.
For condition 1, the maximum time for a SCSI device
to clear the bus is 1200 ns (1.2 ms) from BSY and SEL
first becoming both false.
If a SCSI device requires more than a bus settle delay
to detect BUS FREE, it clears the bus within a bus clear
delay minus the excess time.
Bus Free Delay
800 ns
1.8 µs
400 ns
10 ns
Maximum time a SCSI device waits from its detection
of BUS FREE until its assertion of BSY when going to
ARBITRATION.
Bus Set Delay
Maximum time for a device to assert BSY and its SCSI
ID bit on the DATA BUS after it detects BUS FREE to
enter ARBITRATION.
Bus Settle Delay
Cable Skew Delay
Data Release Delay
Deskew Delay
Minimum time to wait for the bus to settle after
changing certain control signals as called out in the
protocol definitions.
Maximum difference in propagation time allowed
between any two SCSI bus signals measured between
any two SCSI devices.
400 ns
45 ns
Maximum time for an initiator to release the DATA
BUS signals following the transition of the I/O signal
from false to true.
Minimum time required to wait for all signals
(especially data signals) to stabilize at their correct,
final value after changing.
Disconnection Delay
200 µs
Minimum time that a drive waits after releasing BSY
before participating in an ARBITRATION when
honoring a DISCONNECT message from the initiator.
3-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–4 SCSI Bus Timing Values (continued)
Timing Description
Value
Description
Hold Time
45 ns
Minimum time added between the assertion of REQ
or ACK and changing the data lines to provide hold
time in the initiator or drive while using standard
(slow) synchronous data transfers.
Negation Period
90 ns
10 s1
Minimum time that a drive negates REQ while using
synchronous data transfers; also, the minimum time
than an initiator negates ACK while using
synchronous data transfers. 1
Power-On to
Selection
Recommended maximum time from power
application until a drive is able to respond with
appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT
READY, INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE commands.
Reset to Selection
Time
250
ms1
Recommended maximum time after a hard RESET
condition until a drive is able to respond with
appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT
READY, INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE commands.
Reset Hold Time
25 µs
Minimum time for which RST is asserted; there is no
maximum time.
Selection Abort Time 200 µs
Maximum time that a drive (or initiator) takes from its
most recent detection of being selected (or
reselected) until asserting a BSY response.
Selection Time-Out
Delay
250
ms1
Recommended minimum time a SCSI device should
wait for a BSY response during SELECTION or
RESELECTION before starting the time-out procedure.
Transfer Period2
Minimum time allowed between the leading edges of
successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses
while using standard or fast synchronous data
transfers. The period range is 200 to 500ns minimum,
standard, or 100 to 500ns minimum, fast-
synchronous.
1 Recommended Time.
2 Set during an SDTR message.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.5
SCSI BUS PHASES
The SCSI architecture includes eight distinct phases:
BUS FREE phase
ARBITRATION phase
SELECTION phase
RESELECTION phase
COMMAND phase
DATA phases (In/Out)
STATUS phase
MESSAGE phases (In/Out)
The last four phases are called the “information transfer phases”.
The SCSI bus can never be in more than one phase at any given time. In the
following descriptions, signals that are not mentioned are not asserted.
3.5.1 BUS FREE Phase
The BUS FREE phase indicates that there is no current I/O process and that the
SCSI bus is available for a connection.
SCSI devices detect the BUS FREE phase after the SEL and BSY signals are
both false for at least one bus settle delay.
During normal operation, the BUS FREE phase is entered when the drive
releases the BSY signal. However, the BUS FREE phase can be entered following
the release of the SEL signal after a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase time-
out. BUS FREE might be entered unexpectedly. If, for example, an internal
hardware or firmware fault makes it unsafe for the tape drive to continue
operation without a full reset (similar to a power-up reset), or if ATN is asserted
or a bus parity error is detected during non-tape data transfers.
3-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
CAUTION
Any occurrence of a bus parity error (i.e., a single-bit error) should
be considered serious: it implies the possibility of undetected
double-bit error may exist on the bus. This may cause undetected
data corruption. On properly configured SCSI buses, parity errors
are extremely rare. If any are detected they should be addressed by
improving the configuration of the SCSI bus. A well-configured SCSI
bus in a normal environment should be virtually free of bus parity
errors.
Bus parity errors cause the tape drive to retry the operation, go to
the STATUS phase, or go to BUS FREE and prepare Sense Data.
Retrying of parity errors during Data Out Phase when writing is
normally not done, but can be enabled by changing the
EnaParErrRetry parameter in the VU EEROM Mode Page. This feature
is not enabled by default because of possible negative impact on
device performance (the data stream on writes cannot be pipelined
as well).
Initiators normally do not expect the BUS FREE phase to begin because of the
drive’s release of the BSY signal unless it has occurred after the detection of a
reset condition or after a drive has successfully transmitted or received one of
the following messages:
Messages Transmitted from Drive:
·
·
DISCONNECT
COMMAND COMPLETE
Messages Received by Drive:
·
·
·
ABORT
BUS DEVICE RESET
RELEASE RECOVERY
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
If an initiator detects the release of the BSY signal by the drive at any other
time, the drive is indicating an error condition to the initiator. The drive can
perform this transition to the BUS FREE phase independently of the state of the
ATN signal. The initiator manages this condition as an unsuccessful I/O
process termination. The drive terminates the I/O process by clearing all pending
data and status information for the affected nexus. The drive can optionally
prepare sense data that can be retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command.
Bus Free Sequence
1. BSY and SEL signals are continuously false for one bus settle delay.
2. SCSI devices release all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay.
If a SCSI device requires more than one bus settle delay to detect the BUS FREE
phase, then it releases all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay minus the
excess time to detect the BUS FREE phase.
The total time to clear the SCSI bus cannot exceed one bus settle delay plus one
bus clear delay.
3.5.2 ARBITRATION Phase
The ARBITRATION phase allows one SCSI device to gain control of the SCSI
bus so that it can initiate or resume an I/O process.
The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting both the BSY signal
and its own SCSI ID after a BUS FREE phase occurs.
Arbitration Sequence
1. The SCSI device waits for the BUS FREE phase to occur.
2. The SCSI device waits a minimum of one bus free delay after detection of the
BUS FREE phase before driving any signal.
3. The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting the BSY signal and
its SCSI ID.
4. The SCSI device waits at least an arbitration delay to determine arbitration
results.
3-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
NOTE
Step 4 requires that every device complete the arbitration phase to
the point of SEL being asserted (for a SELECTION or RESELECTION
phase) to avoid hanging the bus.
·
·
If a higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI
device loses the arbitration.
The losing SCSI device releases the BSY signal and its SCSI ID bit
within one bus clear delay after the SEL signal asserted by the
arbitration winner becomes true.
·
The losing SCSI device waits for the SEL signal to become true
before releasing the BSY signal and SCSI ID bit when arbitration is
lost.
·
·
The losing SCSI device returns to Step 1.
If no higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI
device wins the arbitration and asserts the SEL signal.
·
The winning SCSI device waits at least one bus clear delay plus one
bus settle delay after asserting the SEL signal before changing any
signals.
3.5.3 SELECTION Phase
The SELECTION phase allows an initiator to select a drive to initiate a drive
function.
The SCSI device that won the arbitration has both the BSY and SEL signals
asserted and has delayed at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay
before ending the ARBITRATION phase. The SCSI device that won the
arbitration becomes an initiator by not asserting the I/O signal.
During SELECTION, the I/O signal is negated so that this phase can be
distinguished from the RESELECTION phase.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.5.3.1 Selection Sequence
The initiator:
1. Sets the DATA BUS to the OR of its SCSI ID bit and the drive’s SCSI ID
bit.
2. Asserts the ATN signal (signaling that a MESSAGE OUT phase is to follow
the SELECTION phase).
3. Waits at least two deskew delays.
4. Releases the BSY signal.
5. Waits at least one bus settle delay.
6. Looks for a response from the drive.
The drive:
7. Determines that it is selected when the SEL signal and its SCSI ID bit are
true and the BSY and I/O signals are false for at least one bus settle delay.
8. Can examine the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the selecting
initiator.
9. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent
detection of being selected (this is required for correct operation of the
selection time-out procedure).
The drive does not respond to a selection if bad parity is detected. Also, if more
than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA BUS, the drive does not respond to
selection.
Note that the initiator will release the SEL signal and may change the DATA
BUS no less than two deskew delays after it detects that the BSY signal is true.
The drive waits until the SEL signal is false before asserting the REQ signal to
enter an information transfer phase. Other signals (e.g., MSG, C/D) may also
be asserted.
3.5.3.2 Selection Time-Out
Two optional time-out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the
initiator waits a minimum of a selection time-out delay and there has been no
BSY signal response from the drive.
3-14
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
The initiator asserts the RST signal and follows these steps:
a) Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the DATA
BUS.
b) If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a selection
abort time plus two deskew delays, the drive releases the SEL and ATN
signals, allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE phase.
When responding to selection, SCSI devices ensure that the selection was still
valid within a selection abort time of their assertion of the BSY signal. Failure
to comply with the requirement could result in an improper selection.
3.5.4 RESELECTION Phase
RESELECTION is an optional phase that allows a drive to reconnect to an
initiator to continue an operation that was previously started by the initiator
but was suspended by the drive.
The initiator determines that it is reselected when the SEL and I/O signals and
its SCSI ID bit are true, and the BSY signal is false for at least one bus settle
delay.
3.5.4.1 Reselection Sequence
The drive:
1. Upon completing the ARBITRATION phase, asserts both the BSY and SEL
signals.
2. Delays at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay.
3. Asserts the I/O signal.
4. Sets the DATA BUS to the logical OR of its SCSI ID bit and the initiator’s
SCSI ID bit.
5. Waits at least two deskew delays.
6. Releases the BSY signal.
7. Waits at least one bus settle delay before looking for a response from the
initiator.
The initiator:
8. Determines that it is selected when the following occur for at least one bus
settle delay: SEL, I/O, and the initiator’s SCSI ID bit are true and BSY is
false.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
9. Examines the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the reselecting drive.
10. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent
detection of being reselected.
The initiator does not respond to a RESELECTION phase if bad parity is
detected or if more than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA BUS.
The drive:
11. Detects the BSY signal is true.
12. Asserts the BSY signal.
13. Waits at least two deskew delays.
14. Releases the SEL signal.
15. The drive can then change the I/O signal and the DATA BUS.
The initiator:
16. Detects the SEL signal is false.
17. Releases the BSY signal.
The drive:
18. Continues asserting the BSY signal until it relinquishes the SCSI bus.
3.5.4.2 Reselection Time-Out
Two optional time-out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the
initiator waits a minimum of a selection time-out delay and there has been no
BSY signal response from the drive.
1. The initiator asserts the RST signal.
2. The initiator follows these steps:
a) Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the DATA
BUS.
b) If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a selection
abort time plus two deskew delays, releases the SEL and ATN signals,
allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE phase.
SCSI devices that respond to the RESELECTION phase must ensure that the
reselection is still valid within a selection abort time of asserting the BSY
signal.
3-16
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.5.5 Information Transfer Phases
NOTES
1. The tape drive supports wide asynchronous and synchronous data transfers.
2. Both differential and single-ended versions of the tape drive are available.
3. Odd parity is generated during all information transfer phases during which the
device writes data to the SCSI bus, and parity is checked during all transfer phases
in which data is read from the bus by the tape drive. Parity checking can be
disabled (Chapter 2).
4. The ANSI SCSI specification refers to mini-libraries as “medium changers.” In this
chapter the term “mini-libraries” is used to describe these devices.
5. The DLT 7000 supports block size of 1 byte to 16 Mbytes.
6. Disconnects from the SCSI bus are done at regular intervals during information
transfer phases to allow other devices to access the bus. These disconnects are
user-configurable via the Disconnect-Reconnect Page of the SCSI MODE SELECT
command.
7. The tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus. Therefore, the drive
does not 1) generate unsolicited interrupts to the bus, 2) initiate its own SCSI
commands, and 3) assert bus reset.
8. A mini-library subsystem is assigned two logical unit numbers (LUNs): the tape
drive is always LUN 0, and the mini-library component has a default LUN of 1, but
may be reconfigured to any LUN from 0 to 15 via the SCSI MODE SELECT command.
The COMMAND, DATA, STATUS, and MESSAGE phases are known as the
Information Transfer Phases because they are used to transfer data or control
information.
The C/D, I/O, and MSG signals are used to distinguish between the different
information transfer phases (Table 3-5). The drive asserts these three signals
and so controls all information transfer phase changes. The drive can also cause
a BUS FREE phase by releasing the MSG, C/D, I/O, and BSY signals. The
initiator can request a MESSAGE OUT phase by asserting the ATN signal.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
The information transfer phases use one or more REQ/ACK handshakes to
control the information transfer. Each REQ/ACK handshake allows the transfer
of one byte of information. During the information transfer phases, the BSY
signal remains true and the SEL signal remains false. Additionally, the drive
continuously envelopes the REQ/ACK handshake(s) with the C/D, I/O, and
MSG signals in such a manner that these control signals are valid for one bus
settle delay before the assertion of the REQ signal of the first handshake and
remain valid after the negation of the ACK signal at the end of the handshake of
the last transfer of the phase.
After the negation of the ACK signal of the last transfer of the phase, the drive
can prepare for a new phase by asserting or negating the C/D, I/O, and MSG
signals. These signals can be changed together or individually. They can be
changed in any order and can be changed more than once (although each line
should change only once). A new phase does not begin until the REQ signal is
asserted for the first byte of the new phase.
A phase ends when the C/D, I/O, or MSG signal changes after the negation of
the ACK signal. The time between the end of a phase and the assertion of the
REQ signal beginning a new phase is undefined. An initiator is allowed to
anticipate a new phase based on the previous phase, the expected new phase,
and early information provided by changes in the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals.
However, the anticipated phase is not valid until the REQ signal is asserted at
the beginning of the next phase.
Information Transfer Direction
True I/O Signal: from drive to initiator
False I/O Signal: from initiator to drive
3-18
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–5 Information Transfer Phases
Signal
C/D
0
MSG
I/O
Phase Name
Direction of Transfer/ Definition
0
0
DATA OUT
Initiator to drive.
Allows the drive to request that data be sent from
the initiator to the drive.
0
0
0
1
1
0
DATA IN
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to send data to the initiator.
Initiator to drive.
COMMAND
Allows the drive to request a command from the
initiator.
0
1
1
1
1
0
STATUS
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to send status information be sent
from the drive to the initiator.
MESSAGE OUT Initiator to drive.
Allows the drive to request that message(s) be sent
from the initiator to the drive; the drive invokes
this phase in response to the attention condition
created by the initiator.
The drive handshakes byte(s) until the ATN signal
is negated, except when rejecting a message.
See 3.5.5.4 Message Out-Additional Conditions.
1
1
1
MESSAGE IN
Drive to initiator.
Allows the drive to send message(s) to the
initiator.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.5.5.1 Asynchronous Data Transfer
Drive to Initiator Transfer Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The drive drives the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values.
Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
Drive asserts the REQ signal.
Initiator reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals.
Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting the ACK signal.
When ACK is true at the drive, drive can change or release the DB (0-15,
P, & P1) signals.
7.
8.
9.
Drive negates the REQ signal.
Initiator negates the ACK signal.
Drive can continue the transfer by driving the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals
and asserting the REQ signal (Steps 1 – 3).
Initiator-to-Drive Transfer Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drive asserts the REQ signal.
Initiator drives the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values.
Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
Initiator asserts the ACK signal.
When ACK is true at the drive, drive reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1)
signals.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Drive negates the REQ signal.
Initiator can change or release the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals.
Initiator negates the ACK signal.
Drive can continue the transfer by asserting the REQ signal (Step 1).
3-20
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
3.5.5.2 Synchronous Data Transfer
Synchronous Data Transfer is optional and is only used in DATA phases and
only if a synchronous data transfer agreement is established. The REQ/ACK
offset specifies the maximum number of REQ pulses that can be sent by the
drive in advance of the number of ACK pulses received from the initiator,
establishing a pacing mechanism. If the number of REQ pulses exceeds the
number of ACK pulses by the REQ/ACK offset, the drive does not assert the
REQ signal until after the leading edge of the next ACK pulse is received. For
successful completion of the data phase, the number of ACK and REQ pulses
must be equal.
The initiator sends one ACK signal pulse for each REQ pulse received. The ACK
signal can be asserted as soon as the leading edge of the corresponding REQ
pulse has been received.
Drive-to-Initiator Transfer Procedure
1. The drive sets the DB (15–0, P, & P1) signals to the desired values. The DB
(0-15, P, & P1) signals are held valid for a minimum of one deskew delay
plus one cable skew delay after REQ is asserted.
2. Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
3. Drive asserts the REQ signal for a minimum of one assertion period. Drive
can negate the REQ signal and change or release the DB (0-15, P, & P1)
signals.
4. Initiator reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals within one hold time of the
transition of the REQ signal to true.
5. Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting an ACK pulse.
6. The drive waits at least the greater or these periods before again asserting
REQ:
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true, or
b) A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false.
7. The initiator waits at least the greater of these periods before reasserting
ACK:
c) A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true, or
d) A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Initiator-to-Drive Transfer Procedure
Initiator transfers one byte for each REQ pulse received.
1. Drive asserts the REQ signal.
2. After receiving the leading edge of the REQ signal, initiator drives the DB
(0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values. The DB (0-15, P, & P1)
signals are held valid for at least one deskew delay plus one cable skew delay
plus one hold time delay after the assertion of the ACK signal.
3. Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.
4. Initiator asserts the ACK signal for a minimum of one assertion period.
5. Initiator can negate the ACK signal and change or release the DB (0-15, P,
& P1) signals.
6. Drive reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals within one hold time of the
transition of the ACK signal to true.
7. The drive waits at least the greater of these periods before again asserting
the REQ signal:
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true, or
b) A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false.
8. The initiator waits at least the greater of the following periods before again
asserting the ACK signal:
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true, or
b) A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false.
3.5.5.3 Signal Restrictions Between Phases
When the SCSI bus is between two information transfer phases, the following
restrictions apply to the SCSI bus signals:
·
·
·
The BSY, SEL, REQ, and ACK signals do not change.
The C/D, I/O, MSG, and DATA BUS signals can change.
When changing the DATA BUS direction from out (initiator-driving) to in
(drive-driving), the drive delays driving the DATA BUS by at least a data
release delay plus one bus settle delay after asserting the I/O signal. The
initiator releases the DATA BUS no later than a data release delay after the
transition of the I/O signal to true.
3-22
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
·
·
When switching the DATA BUS from in to out, the drive releases the DATA
BUS no later than a deskew delay after negating the I/O signal.
The ATN and RST signals can change as defined under the descriptions for
the attention condition (Section 3.6.1) and reset condition (Section 3.6.2).
3.5.5.4 STATUS Phase
The tape drive enters the status phase just once per command unless a retry is
requested by the initiator. The only exception is during error cases when the
device goes immediately to bus free, as defined in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification.
Status bytes the tape drive can return are listed in the following table:
Table 3–6 Status Bytes
Status Bytes Returned from Tape Drive Definition
GOOD (00h)
This status indicates that the drive successfully completed
the command.
CHECK CONDITION (02h)
A contingent allegiance condition occurred. The REQUEST
SENSE command should be sent following this status to
determine the nature of the event.
BUSY (08h)
Target is busy. This status is returned whenever the device
is unable to accept a command from an otherwise
acceptable initiator. The initiator should reissue the
command at a later time.
INTERMEDIATE GOOD (10h)
This status is returned instead of GOOD for commands
issued with the LINK bit set = 1. Following the return of
this status, the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase for
the transfer of the next linked command.
RESERVATION CONFLICT (18h)
COMMAND TERMINATED (22h)
This status is returned by the drive whenever a SCSI device
attempts to access the drive when it has been reserved for
another initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command.
This status is returned for a command that was terminated
via a TERMINATE I/O PROCESS message. This status also
indicates that a contingent allegiance condition has
occurred.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
NOTES
In contrast to the BUSY status condition, the DRIVE NOT READY
Sense Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST
SENSE command and indicates that a media access command has
been issued but that the media is not ready to be accessed. For
example, the tape cartridge is not installed, the tape medium has
been unloaded, the tape drive is currently initializing the tape
medium to prepare it for access, etc.).
In the DRIVE NOT READY state, the initiator cannot perform any
operation that would cause tape motion (READ, WRITE, VERIFY, for
example). These commands return a CHECK CONDITION status with a
DRIVE NOT READY sense key. The initiator may execute commands
that do not require tape motion or access to the tape medium, and
a GOOD status may be the result.
3.6
SCSI BUS CONDITIONS
The SCSI bus has two asynchronous conditions: Attention and Reset.
3.6.1 Attention Condition
The attention condition informs a drive that an initiator has a message ready.
The drive gets the message by performing a MESSAGE OUT phase. The
attention condition requires the following timing:
·
·
·
·
The initiator creates the attention condition by asserting ATN at any time
except during the ARBITRATION or BUS FREE phases.
The initiator negates the ATN signal at least two deskew delays before
asserting the ACK signal while transferring the last byte of the message.
If the drive detects that the initiator failed to meet this requirement, then
the drive goes to BUS FREE.
Before transition to a new bus phase, the initiator asserts the ATN signal,
then waits at least two deskew delays before negating the ACK signal for
the last byte transferred in the current bus phase. Asserting the ATN signal
later cannot be honored until a later bus phase and then cannot result in
the expected action.
The drive responds with MESSAGE OUT as described in the following table:
3-24
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
Table 3–7 Drive MESSAGE OUT Phase Response
ATN Signal True in Phase... The Drive Enters MESSAGE OUT…
COMMAND
After transferring part or all of the command descriptor block
bytes.
DATA
At the drive’s earliest convenience (often on a logical block
boundary). The initiator continues REQ/ACK handshakes until it
detects the phase change.
STATUS
After the status byte has been acknowledged by the initiator.
MESSAGE IN
Before it sends another message. This permits a MESSAGE
PARITY ERROR message from the initiator to be associated with
the appropriate message.
SELECTION1
Immediately after that SELECTION phase.
RESELECTION2
After the drive has sent its IDENTIFY message for that
RESELECTION phase.
1 Before the initiator releases BSY, provided the initiator asserted ATN
2The initiator should only assert the ATN signal during a RESELECTION phase to transmit a BUS
DEVICE RESET or DISCONNECT message.
The initiator keeps the ATN signal asserted if more than one byte is to be
transferred. The initiator can negate the ATN signal at any time, except it does
not negate the ATN signal while the ACK signal is asserted during a MESSAGE
OUT phase. Normally, the initiator negates the ATN signal while the REQ
signal is true and the ACK signal is false during the last REQ/ACK handshake
of the MESSAGE OUT phase.
3.6.2 Reset Condition
The tape drive responds to power-on and/or bus reset conditions as described:
·
·
·
All tape drive SCSI lines assert high impedance when the tape drive is
powered off.
The drive does not generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus when the
drive is powered on.
Within five (5) seconds of power-on, and within 250 milliseconds (typically
under 4 milliseconds) after a bus reset, the tape drive responds to SCSI bus
selections and returns the appropriate normal responses. Tape motion
commands are returned with Check Condition status, Sense Key of Not
Ready, until the medium has been made ready.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
3-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Description
·
The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of Partition (BOP, i.e.,
Beginning of Tape [BOT]).
Note that the tape drive does not implement the hard reset alternative for bus
RESET processing.
The tape drive recognizes multiple bus resets in succession as well as bus resets
of arbitrarily long duration (powering on conditions). It recovers within the time
limits specified above following the last bus reset.
3.6.3 Queued Unit Attentions
Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the tape drive and are maintained
separately for each valid LUN for each initiator. Unit Attentions are created as a
result of the following circumstances:
·
·
·
·
·
·
Power on
Bus reset
Bus device reset message
When the media may have changed asynchronously
When another initiator has changed the mode parameters
When a firmware (microcode) update has completed
Two (2) queued Unit Attentions are not unusual. For example, if a drive is
powered up and a cartridge is loaded, “power up” and “not ready to ready
transition” Unit Attention messages are created. Due to a limited number of
Unit Attention buffers, if an initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for
it, the tape drive at some point stops generating new Unit Attention messages
for the Initiator-Logical Unit (I-L) combination (existing messages remain
queued).
A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention message for the initiator
that issued the command, since the transition to ready is synchronous.
3-26
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
MESSAGES
The SCSI message system allows communication between an initiator and the drive for interface
management and command qualification. Messages can be originated by either the initiator or the
drive. This section contains a detailed description of the messages supported by the disk drives.
4.1
MESSAGE FORMAT
A message can be one or more bytes in length. One or more messages can be
sent during a single MESSAGE phase, but a message cannot be split over
MESSAGE phases. The initiator is required to end the MESSAGE OUT phase
(by negating ATN) when it sends certain messages that are identified in
Table 4–2.
When a connection to the drive is established (i.e., the drive is selected with
ATN asserted), the first message byte passed by the initiator must be either an
IDENTIFY, ABORT, or BUS DEVICE RESET message. If not, the drive discards
the message, saves no status information, and goes to the BUS FREE phase.
If an initiator supplies an unsupported message (for example, COMMAND
COMPLETE or a reserved or undefined message code), the drive returns a
MESSAGE REJECT message and continues where it left off (possibly returning
to MESSAGE OUT if ATN is raised).
The first byte of the message, as defined in Table 4–1, determines the format of
the message.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
Table 4–1 Message Format
Message Code Message
00h
One-byte message (COMMAND COMPLETE)
Extended message
01h
02h – 1Fh
20h – 2Fh
40h – 7Fh
80h – FFh
One-byte message
Two-byte message
Reserved
One-byte message (IDENTIFY)
The DLT 7000 tape drive supports the messages listed in Table 4–2. The
message code and the direction of the message flow is also included in the table
(In = target to initiator, Out = initiator to target).
4-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
Table 4–2 Supported Messages
Message Code
Message
Direction
Out
ABORT
06h
0Ch
00h
04h
01h
BUS DEVICE RESET
COMMAND COMPLETE
DISCONNECT
Out
In
In
In
Out
Out
EXTENDED MESSAGE (SDTR and wide Data
*
Transfer Request)
IDENTIFY
80h – FFh
23h
In
In
Out
Out
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE (with flag)
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR
MESSAGE REJECT
05h
0Ah
0Bh
In
In
09h
Out
Out
07h
In
NO OPERATION
08h
RESTORE POINTERS
03h
In
In
In
SAVE DATA POINTER
02h
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST *
03h
Out
*
Extended messages (Figure 4–1).
Two-byte messages consist of two consecutive bytes. The value of the first byte,
as defined in Table 4–1, determines which message is to be transmitted. The
second byte is a parameter byte that is used as defined in the message
description.
A value of 1 in the first byte indicates the beginning of a multiple-byte extended
message. The minimum number of bytes sent for an extended message is three.
The extended message format is shown in Figure 4–1 and the data fields are
described in Table 4–3.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
Extended Message (01h)
Extended Message Length
Extended Message Code
3 to n-1
Extended Message Arguments
Figure 4–1 Extended Message - Data Format
Table 4–3 Extended Message - Field Description
Field
Description
Extended Message Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Extended Message
Code plus the Extended Message Arguments that follow. Therefore,
the total length of the message is equal to the Extended Message
Length plus 2.
A value of 0 for the Extended Message Length indicates that 256
bytes follow.
Extended Message Code
The drive supports three Extended Messages. They are:
00h
03h
MODIFY DATA POINTER
01h
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
4-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2
SUPPORTED SCSI MESSAGES
Following are descriptions of each of the messages supported by the drive.
4.2.1 ABORT Message (06h)
This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the current I/O
process on the selected unit. Buffered (cached) write operations are completed if
possible. The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt
of this message. Current settings of MODE SELECT parameters and
reservations are not affected. Commands, data, and status for other initiators
are not affected.
This message can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an
operation for the initiator. If no unit has been selected, the target goes to BUS
FREE phase and no commands, data, or status on the target are affected.
4.2.2 BUS DEVICE RESET Message (0Ch)
The BUS DEVICE RESET message is sent from an initiator to direct the drive to
clear all I/O processes on the drive. The message causes the drive to:
1. Flush the contents of cache to tape and go to the BUS FREE phase.
2. Execute a hard reset, leaving it as if a Bus Reset had occurred.
The drive creates a Unit Attention condition for all initiators after accepting and
processing a Bus Device Reset message. The additional sense code is set to
POWER ON, RESET, or BUS DEVICE RESET OCCURRED.
4.2.3 COMMAND COMPLETE Message (00h)
The COMMAND COMPLETE message is sent by the drive to an initiator to
indicate that an I/O process has completed and that valid status has been sent
to the initiator. After successfully sending this message, the drive goes to the
BUS FREE phase by releasing the BSY signal. The drive considers the message
transmission successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the
COMMAND COMPLETE message with the ATN signal false. If a COMMAND
COMPLETE message is received by the tape drive, it is handled as an illegal
message: the drive returns MESSAGE REJECT and enters its STATUS phase,
reporting CHECK CONDITION with the sense key set to COMMAND
ABORTED.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.4 DISCONNECT Message (04h)
The DISCONNECT message is sent from the drive to inform the initiator that
the present connection is going to be broken (the drive plans to disconnect by
releasing the BSY signal) and a later reconnect will be required to complete the
current I/O process. The message does not cause the initiator to save the data
pointer. After sending the message, the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by
releasing the BSY signal.
The DISCONNECT message can also be sent by the initiator to tell the drive to
suspend the current phase and disconnect from the bus. The drive’s response to
and its handling of a DISCONNECT message are based on when, in the I/O
process, the initiator introduces the DISCONNECT message. Table 4–4
summarizes the drive’s response.
Table 4–4 Drive Response to DISCONNECT Message
BUS Phase
SELECTION
COMMAND
Drive Response
The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS FREE.
The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS FREE. The
ATTENTION request is ignored while the Command Descriptor Block is
fetched. The drive does not switch to MESSAGE OUT until the current
DMA completes.
DATA
The ATTENTION request is ignored while the current data transfer
completes; that is, the drive does not switch to MESSAGE OUT until
after the current DMA completes. The drive returns a MESSAGE REJECT
message and responds with CHECK CONDITION status, indicating the
command aborted because of an invalid message.
STATUS
The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message, then sends COMMAND
COMPLETE.
MESSAGE IN
The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches to the BUS
FREE phase.
4-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.5 IDENTIFY Message (80h - FFh)
The IDENTIFY message is sent by either the initiator or the drive to establish or
re-establish the physical connection path between an initiator and target for a
particular logical unit under the conditions listed below. Figure 4–2 shows the
format of the IDENTIFY message and Table 4–5 describes the data field
contents.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LUNTAR
Identify
DiscPriv
Reserved
LUNTRAN
Figure 4–2 IDENTIFY Message - Data Format
Table 4–5 IDENTIFY Message - Field Description
Field
Description
Identify
The Identify bit must be set to 1. This identifies the message as an IDENTIFY
message.
DiscPriv
LUNTAR
Disconnect Privilege. The DiscPriv can be 0, provided that no other I/O process
is currently active in the drive. If not set to 1 and other I/O processes are
currently active in the drive, the drive returns BUSY status.
The Logical Unit/Target Routine (LUNTAR) field must be set to zero. The drive
supports a single Logical Unit Number (LUN 0). A LUNTAR bit of one causes
the drive to send a MESSAGE REJECT message and switch to the BUS FREE
phase.
Reserved
LUNTRN
The Reserved bits must be zero. If a Reserved bit is non-zero, the drive returns
a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches to the BUS FREE phase.
Logical Unit Number.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message (23h)
The IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message is sent by the target to the initiator to
indicate that the number of valid bytes sent during the last REQ/ACK
handshake and REQB/ACKB handshake of a DATA IN phase is less than the
negotiated transfer width. The Ignore field indicates the number of invalid data
bytes transferred. This message is sent immediately following that DATA IN
phase and prior to any other messages. Figure 4-3 illustrates the data format of
an IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message. Table 4-6 describes the Ignore field bit
definitions.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Message Code (23h)
Ignore (01h)
Figure 4–3 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message - Data Format
Table 4–6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message - Field Definition
Ignore
00h
Invalid Data Bits (16-bit Transfers)
Reserved
DB(15-8)
Reserved
01h
02h - FFh
4-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.7 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message (05h)
The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message is sent from an initiator to
inform the drive that an error has occurred that does not preclude the drive from
retrying the operation (a bus parity error, for example). The source of the error
may either be related to previous activities on the SCSI bus or may be only drive-
related. When received, the tape drive attempts to re-transfer the last command,
data, or status bytes by using the RESTORE POINTER message mechanism.
The drive’s response to and its handling of an INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
message are based on when, in the I/O process, the initiator introduces the
message. Table 4–7 summarizes the drive’s response.
Table 4–7 Drive Response to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message
BUS Phase
Drive Response
SELECTION
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and then
goes to the BUS FREE phase.
COMMAND
The drive discards any Command Descriptor Block bytes fetched from
the initiator, sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the
Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE
RECEIVED. It sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND
COMPLETE message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase.
DATA
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and sets the
Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional Sense Code to
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It sends the CHECK
CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then
goes to the BUS FREE phase.
STATUS
The drive sends a RESTORE POINTERS message, returns to the STATUS
phase, resends the STATUS command, and continues the I/O process.
MESSAGE IN The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and sets the
Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional Sense Code to
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It sends the CHECK
CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then
goes to the BUS FREE phase.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message (0Ah)
This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution
of a linked command (with the FLAG bit set to zero) is complete and that
status has been sent. The initiator then sets the pointers to the initial state for
the next command.
If received by a target, this message is handled as an illegal message; the drive
enters the MESSAGE IN phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.
4.2.9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE, with Flag Message (0Ah)
This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution
of a linked command (with the FLAG bit set to one) is complete and that status
has been sent.
4.2.10 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message (09h)
This message is sent from the initiator to tell the drive that the last message
byte the drive passed on to the initiator contained a parity error.
To indicate that it intends to send the message, the initiator sets the ATN
signal before it releases ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that
has the parity error. This provides an interlock so that the target can determine
which message has the parity error. If the target receives this message under any
other condition, it proceeds directly to the BUS FREE state by releasing the BSY
signal, signifying a catastrophic error.
The target’s response to this message is to switch to the MESSAGE IN phase
and re-send from the beginning all the bytes of the message that precipitated the
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message.
4.2.11 MESSAGE REJECT Message (07h)
This message is sent from the initiator or target to indicate that the last
message received was inappropriate or has not been implemented.
To indicate its intention to send this message, the initiator asserts the ATN
signal before it releases ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that
is to be rejected. MESSAGE REJECT is issued in response to any message the
drive considers to be illegal or not supported. When sending to the initiator, the
tape drive does so before requesting any additional message bytes.
4-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.12 NO OPERATION (08h)
If a target requests a message, the initiator sends a NO OPERATION message if
it does not currently have any other valid message to send. The message is
accepted when the drive is acting as a target and may be sent when it is an
initiator. If a NO OPERATION message is received during a selection, the drive
proceeds to the COMMAND phase (provided ATN does not continue as
asserted); the NO OPERATION message is ignored by the tape drive.
4.2.13 RESTORE POINTERS Message (03h)
The RESTORE POINTERS message is sent from the drive to the initiator to
direct the initiator to copy the most recently saved command, data, and status
pointers for the I/O process to the corresponding current pointers. The command
and status pointers are restored to the beginning of the present command and
status areas. The data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the
data area in the absence of a SAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at
the point at which the last SAVE DATA POINTER message occurred for that
logical unit.
When the RESTORE POINTERS message is received as a target, the target
switches to the message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.
4.2.14 SAVE DATA POINTER Message (02h)
The SAVE DATA POINTER message is sent from the drive to direct the
initiator to copy the current data pointer to the saved data pointer for the
current I/O process.
When functioning as a target, the tape drive sends this message before a
disconnect during a data transfer. It does not send a SAVE DATA POINTER
message if it intends to move directly to STATUS phase. When received as a
target, it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.
4.2.15 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h)
This extended message allows the target and initiator to agree on the values of
the parameters relevant to synchronous transfers. The tape drive will not initiate
the Synchronous Data Transfer Request message; it relies on the initiator to do
so. The Synchronous Data Transfer Request command has the format shown in
Figure 4-4.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
NOTE
The tape drive supports initiating synchronous transfer negotiations
with the host, but this feature is disabled by default. To enable it,
set the MODE SELECT VU ERROM parameter EnaInitSyncNeg.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
Extended Message Identifier (01h)
(see Figure 4-1)
Length (03h)
Message Code (01h)
Transfer Period: Min. = 25 (19h) (equals 100 ns)
Transfer REQ/ACK Offset: Max. = 15
Figure 4–4 Synchronous Data Transfer Request Message - Data Format
4-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
4.2.16 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message (01h)
The following figure illustrates the message formats.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
Extended Message Identifier (01h)
(see Figure 4-1)
Extended Message Length (02h)
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
Transfer Width Exponent
Figure 4–5 Wide Data Transfer Request Message - Data Format
A WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange is initiated by a SCSI
device whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have
become invalid. The agreement becomes invalid after any condition that may
leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such as
·
·
·
After a hard reset condition
After a BUS DEVICE RESET Message
After a power cycle.
The WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange establishes an
agreement between two SCSI devices on the width of the data path to be used
for DATA phase transfer between them. This agreement applies to DATA IN
and DATA OUT phases only. All other information transfer phases must use an
8-bit data path.
The DLT 7000 tape drive implements both wide data transfer option and
synchronous data transfer option. It negotiates the wide data transfer agreement
prior to negotiating the synchronous data transfer agreement. If a synchronous
data transfer agreement is in effect, then after accepting a WIDE DATA
TRANSFER REQUEST message, it resets the synchronous agreement to
asynchronous mode.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
4-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Messages
The transfer width is two the transfer width exponent bytes wide. The transfer
width that is established applies to all logical units. Valid transfer widths for
the DLT 7000 tape drive are 8 bits (m = 00h) and 16 bits (m = 01h). Values of
m greater than 01h is reserved.
4-14
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5
SCSI COMMANDS
This chapter describes the SCSI protocol features implemented in the DLT 7000 tape system. Note
that the sections included in this chapter do not fully reiterate every ANSI SCSI message, option,
and/or command code specification; the sections do describe the supported commands, messages,
options, and error recovery procedures.
5.1
OVERVIEW OF COMMAND AND STATUS PROCESSING
The Quantum DLT 7000 tape system supports the SCSI commands listed in
Table 5–1. The subsection of this chapter that details each of the SCSI
commands is listed in the “Section” column.
Table 5–1 Supported SCSI Commands
Command
Operation Code
19h
Section
5.3
ERASE
INQUIRY
12h
5.4
LOAD UNLOAD
LOCATE
1Bh
5.5
2Bh
5.6
LOG SELECT
4Ch
5.7
LOG SENSE
4Dh
5.8
MODE SELECT (6 / 10)
MODE SENSE (6 / 10))
PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL
READ
15h / 55h
1Ah / 5Ah
1Eh
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
08h
READ BLOCK LIMITS
READ BUFFER
05h
3Ch
READ POSITION
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
34h
1Ch
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Table 5–1 Supported SCSI Commands (continued)
Command
Operation Code
Section
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
5.22
5.23
5.24
5.25
5.26
5.27
RELEASE UNIT
17h
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE UNIT
REWIND
03h
16h
01h
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SPACE
1Dh
11h
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
00h
13h
WRITE
0Ah
WRITE BUFFER
WRITE FILEMARKS
3Bh
10h
NOTES
Relative Addressing is not supported by the tape drive. Therefore, in all I/O
commands, the RelAdr bit must be 0.
RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT by Logical Unit Number are supported, as are
third-party reservations. Extent reservations are not supported.
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS and SEND DIAGNOSTIC DATA commands
implement vendor-unique pages to test the drive during the manufacturing
process. It is recommended that initiators specify only the non-page format
variants of these commands (PF=0), except for page 0x40.
The DLT tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus. Therefore, the drive
will not 1) generate unsolicited interrupts to the host, 2) initiate its own SCSI
commands, or 3) assert bus reset.
Linked commands are supported.
Untagged queuing is supported.
5-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.1.1 SCSI Pointers
SCSI architecture provides a set of three pointers (called saved pointers) for
each I/O process. The three pointers are: Command, Status, and Data. When an
I/O process becomes active, the three saved pointers are copied to the initiator
as current pointers. There is only one set of current pointers in the initiator at
one time. The current pointers point to the next command, data, or status byte
to be transferred between the initiator's memory and the drive. The saved and
current pointers reside in the initiator.
The saved command pointer always points to the start of the Command
Descriptor Block for the I/O process. The saved status pointer always points to
the start of the status area of the I/O process. The saved data pointer always
points to the start of the data area until the drive sends a SAVE DATA
POINTER message for the I/O process back to the initiator.
In response to the SAVE DATA POINTER message, the initiator stores the
value of the current data pointer into the saved data pointer for that I/O
process. The drive can restore the current pointer from the saved pointer value
for the active I/O process by sending a RESTORE POINTERS message to the
initiator. The initiator then copies the set of saved pointers into the set of
current pointers. Whenever a drive disconnects from the SCSI Bus, only the set
of saved pointers is retained in the initiator. The set of current pointers is
restored from the set of saved pointers when the I/O process is reconnected.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.1.2 Command Descriptor Block
An initiator communicates with the drive by sending a 6- or 10-byte Command
Descriptor Block that contains the parameters for the specific command. The
SCSI command's operation code is always the first byte in the Command
Descriptor Block and a control field is the last byte. For some commands, the
Command Descriptor Block is accompanied by a list of parameters sent during
the DATA OUT phase. Figure 5–1 shows the format of a typical 6-byte
Command Descriptor Block. Table 5–2 contains a description of the Command
Descriptor Block fields.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code
(MSB)
Logical Unit Number
(LUN)
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
2 - 3
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
(LSB)
4
5
Transfer Length, Parameter List Length, or Allocation Length
Control
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all reserved bits indicated in the commands are 0.
Figure 5–1 Typical Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Table 5–2 Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Operation Code
The operation code specifies the command being requested. The list of
supported SCSI commands and their operation codes are contained in Table
5–1.
Logical Unit
Number
The Logical Unit Number contains the number of the device being
addressed. It must be set to 0. The Logical Unit Number is ignored if the
Command Descriptor Block is preceded by an IDENTIFY Message.
Logical Block
Address
Commands that require additional parameter data specify the length of the
Logical Block Address that is needed. See the specific command descriptions
for more detailed information.
The drive does not support Relative Addressing: it defaults to a value of 0
which specifies that the Logical Block Address specifies the first logical block
of a range of logical blocks to be operated on by the command. Relative
Addressing indicates a technique used to determine the next Logical Block
Address to be operated on.
Transfer Length
The transfer length field normally specifies the number of blocks to be
transferred between the initiator and the drive. For several commands, the
transfer length indicates the number of bytes (not blocks) to be sent. For
these commands, this field may be identified by a different name.
Parameter List
Length
The Parameter List Length is used to specify the number of bytes sent during
the DATA OUT phase. This field is typically used for parameters that are sent
to a drive (for example, mode, diagnostic, and log parameters). A parameter
list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred.
Allocation Length
Control Field
RelAdr
The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the initiator
has allocated for returned data. The Allocation Length is used to limit the
amount of data returned to the initiator.
An Allocation Length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred from the
drive to the initiator. The drive terminates the DATA IN phase when the
specified number of bytes have been transferred to the initiator or when all
available data has been transferred, whichever is less.
The Control Field is the last byte of every command descriptor block. Its
format is shown in Figure 5–2 and described in Table 5-3, and it contains the
Flag and Link bits. Use of these bits is initiator-dependent. Setting the Link bit
= 1 provides an automatic link to the next command, bypassing the usual
ARBITRATION, SELECTION, and MESSAGE OUT phases that would normally
occur between commands. Other bits in the Control Field are considered to
be reserved.
Relative Address must be 0 (not supported).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
Vendor Specific
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–2 Command Descriptor Block Control Field - Data Format
Table 5–3 Command Descriptor Block Control Field - Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Vendor Specific Bits These bits must be 0.
Flag Bit
The Flag bit is used in conjunction with the Link bit to notify the initiator in
an expedient manner that a command has been completed.
Link Bit
A Link bit set to 1 indicates that the initiator requests continuation of a task
(an I/O process) across two or more SCSI commands.
If the Link bit is 1 and the Flag bit is 0, and the task completes successfully,
the drive continues the task and returns a status of INTERMEDIATE and a
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message.
If the Link bit and the Flag bit within a Control word are both set to 1, and
the drive completes a command with a status of INTERMEDIATE, the drive
returns a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message (with Flag).
5.1.3 Status/Error Reporting
SCSI message-level errors are communicated by messages that are defined
specifically for that purpose (for example, MESSAGE PARITY ERROR,
MESSAGE REJECT). Message-level errors are also handled by drive-managed
retries. Refer to Chapter 4 for more detailed message-handling information.
SCSI command-level errors are communicated by a status code that is returned
by the drive during the STATUS phase. This phase occurs at the end of each
command, unless the command is terminated by one of the following events:
·
·
·
·
ABORT message
BUS DEVICE RESET message
Hard reset condition
Unexpected disconnect
5-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
The status code is contained in bits 1 through 5 of the status byte. Bits 0, 6, and
7 are reserved. Table 5–4 describes the status codes returned by the drive.
NOTE
In contrast to the BUSY status condition, the DRIVE NOT READY
Sense Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST
SENSE command and indicates that a media access command has
been issued and the medium is not ready to be accessed. For
example, the medium is not installed, the medium has been
unloaded, and the drive is currently initializing the medium to
prepare it for access).
Table 5–4 Status Codes
Status
Code
Definition
Meaning
00h
02h
08h
GOOD
The drive successfully completed the command.
A Contingent Allegiance condition occurred.
CHECK CONDITION
BUSY
The drive cannot service the command at the moment, and
its Command Descriptor Block has been discarded. The
initiator can retry the command at a later time.
10h
18h
28h
INTERMEDIATE
GOOD
This status is returned instead of a GOOD status for
commands issued with the LINK bit set. Following the return
of this status, the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase for
the transfer of the next linked command.
RESERVATION
CONFLICT
Another initiator has reserved the drive when it has been
reserved for another initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command
(this status is never returned for INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE
commands).
QUEUE FULL
The drive cannot service the command at the moment, and
its Command Descriptor Block has been discarded. (Returned
for a tagged command when all of the drive's internal
command buffers are in use, for instance.)
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.1.4 DATA-Phase Command Components
Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator
and the drive. The content and characteristics of this data are command-
dependent. Table 5–5 lists the information transmitted for all of the commands.
The "Length in CDB" column of Table 5–5 identifies the Command Descriptor
Block field used by the drive to determine how much command-related data are
to be transferred. The units (bytes or logical blocks) for the different Length
fields are implied by the Length Field Name as follows:
Field Name
Units Implied
Allocation Length
Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator
Parameter List Length Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive
Transfer Length
Logical number of data blocks or data bytes the initiator
wants transferred or verified
Byte Transfer Length
Bytes of data the initiator wants transferred
The DATA OUT column in Table 5–5 lists the information passed to the drive
by the initiator as part of the command. The DATA IN column lists the
information sent to the initiator by the drive. Numbers in parentheses after an
item indicate the item’s length in bytes. In some cases, additional length
information is communicated during the DATA phase.
5-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Table 5–5 DATA-Phase Command Contents
Command
Length in CDB
Data Out
(To Drive)
Data In
(To Initiator)
ERASE
0
INQUIRY
Allocation
---
Standard Inquiry or a
Vital Product Data
page
LOAD UNLOAD
LOCATE
0
0
---
---
---
---
---
---
LOG SELECT
Parameter List (must
be 0)
LOG SENSE
Allocation
---
Log Page
---
MODE SELECT (6) / (10)
Parameter List
Mode Parameter
Header (4) Block
Descriptor (8) Page(s)
MODE SENSE (6) / (10)
Allocation
0
---
Mode Parameter
Header (4) Block
Descriptor (8) Page(s)
PREVENT ALLOW
---
---
MEDIUM REMOVAL
READ
Transfer
Allocation
Allocation
---
---
---
Data
READ BLOCK LIMITS
READ BUFFER
Block Length Limits
Buffer Offset and
Allocation Length
READ POSITION
Allocation
Allocation
---
---
Position Identifier or
SCSI Logical Address
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Diagnostic Page
RELEASE UNIT
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE UNIT
0
---
---
---
---
Sense Data (18)
---
Allocation
0
(Extent List Option
not supported)
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Table 5–5 DATA-Phase Command Contents (Continued)
Command
Length in CDB
Data Out
Drive)
(To
Data In
(To Initiator)
REWIND
0
Parameter List
0
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SPACE
Diagnostic Page
---
---
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
0
Transfer
Transfer
Parameter List
Data
Data
WRITE
WRITE BUFFER
Microcode Image
Data
WRITE FILEMARKS
---
---
---
5.1.5 Unit Attention Condition
Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the Quantum DLT 7000 tape drive
and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each initiator. Unit
Attentions are created in each of the following circumstances:
·
·
·
·
·
·
At Power On
At Bus Reset
At Bus Device Reset message
When the medium may have changed asynchronously
When another initiator changes the Mode Parameters
When a firmware (microcode) update has completed
Two queued Unit Attentions are not unusual. For example, if a unit is powered
up and a tape cartridge is loaded, Power Up and Not-Ready to Ready Transition
Unit Attentions are created. Due to the limited number of Unit Attention
buffers, if an initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for it, at some
point the tape drive stops generating new Unit Attentions for that initiator-
logical unit combination (existing ones will be left queued, however).
A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention for the initiator that
issued the command since the transition to Ready is synchronous.
5-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.1.6 Behavior at Power-On and SCSI Bus Reset
The following apply to the DLT 7000 system tape drive’s behavior at power-on
and/or SCSI bus reset:
·
·
·
When the Quantum DLT 7000 system is powered up, all device SCSI lines
are set to high impedance.
The design of the DLT 7000 system tape drive does not allow it to generate
any spurious signals on the SCSI bus at power-on.
Within five seconds of power-on, and within 250 milliseconds (typically
under 4 milliseconds) after a SCSI bus reset, the DLT 7000 system tape
drive responds to SCSI bus selections and returns appropriate, normal
responses. Tape motion commands will be returned with Check Condition
status, Sense Key Not Ready, until the tape medium has been made ready.
·
·
The tape drive implements the hard bus reset option.
The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of Tape (BOT).
The DLT 7000 system tape drive recognizes multiple, successive SCSI bus resets
and SCSI bus resets of arbitrarily long duration. The tape drive recovers within
the time limits specified above following the last SCSI bus reset.
The tape drive goes through a calibration process at power up and loading of
medium.
5.1.7 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction
The Quantum DLT 7000 system tape drive contains a data cache that buffers
blocks (records) until they are written to tape. This section describes when those
blocks are written, or “flushed” to tape. A Mode Select parameter allows the
data cache to be disabled (unbuffered mode). In this mode, every WRITE
command causes data to be written to the tape medium before the STATUS byte
and the COMMAND COMPLETE message are returned to the host.
NOTE
Unbuffered mode is NOT recommended due to the poor
performance that may result.
The contents of the write data cache are written to the tape medium under the
following circumstances:
·
When two or more WRITE FILEMARKS commands are issued without
intervening tape motion commands.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
·
·
When a WRITE 0 FILEMARKS command is issued.
When data has been in the cache longer than the maximum time specified by
the value of the Mode Parameter “Write Delay Time” (the default is 30
seconds).
·
When a non-write type media access command is received (for example,
SPACE, READ, UNLOAD, LOCATE, ERASE).
5.2
SCSI COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
The SCSI commands are presented in alphabetical order. Each command starts
on a new, odd-numbered page. Because information about a particular command
may span multiple pages, the command name is repeated, in italics, at the top of
every page that concerns that command. Blank pages in the chapter can be used
for note-taking.
The SCSI command descriptions that make up the rest of Chapter 5 contain
detailed information about each command supported by the Quantum DLT 7000
system tape drive. Fields common to many of the SCSI commands are supported
as follows:
Name of Field:
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
How Field is Supported in SCSI Commands:
LUN for tape drive is 0.
Reserved bits, fields, bytes, and code values are set aside for
future standardization and must be set to 0. If the drive
receives a command that contains non-zero bits in a
reserved field or a reserved code value, the command is
terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense
key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
RelAdr
Relative Address. Unused; contents should be 0.
Explanations for those common fields are not repeated for every command in
which they appear.
5-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Throughout this manual, multiple bytes that contain information about specific
command parameters are portrayed as shown in the example of the Parameter
List Length field (bytes 7 and 8) of the Log Select command shown below:
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(Bytes 0 - 6)
(MSB)
7 - 8
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
As shown, this sample indicates that the most significant bit (MSB) of the field
is bit 7 of byte 7; the least significant bit is bit 0 of byte 8.
This is an alternate, “shorthand” presentation for:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit
Byte
(Bytes 0 - 6)
(MSB)
7
8
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
The shorthand version of presentation is used in this manual due to space
constraints.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.3
ERASE COMMAND (19h)
The ERASE command causes data on the tape medium to be erased. Any WRITE
data currently held in buffer memory and not yet written to tape is written to
tape before the ERASE command is executed. ERASE command must be issued
while at BOT.
Note that the time for a complete erase of a DLTtape IV tape cartridge can be
well over one hour.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Long (1)
Link
Byte
0
1
Operation Code (19h)
Reserved
Logical Unit Number
Immed
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Figure 5–3 ERASE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–6 ERASE Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Immed
Immediate. If the Immediate bit = 0, the target does not return status until the
selected operation has completed.
If set to 1, status is returned as soon as the operation has been initiated.
Long
Must be set to 1. The Long bit controls the distance of tape to be erased. Filler
and End of Data (EOD) blocks are written if needed, then the entire rest of the
tape is erased.
NOTE: The ERASE command results in no operation for the tape drive unless
the Long bit is set to 1. Issuing the ERASE command away from Beginning of
Tape (BOT) is an ILLEGAL REQUEST.
5-14
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.4
INQUIRY COMMAND (12h)
The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to determine the kind of SCSI
devices attached to its SCSI Bus. It causes a device that is attached to a SCSI
Bus to return information about itself. The drive identifies itself as a Direct
Access Storage Device that implements the SCSI-2 protocol. The drive does not
need to access its tape medium to respond to the inquiry.
The drive can provide two categories of data in response to an INQUIRY
command: Standard Inquiry Data and Vital Product Data. Standard Inquiry
Data contains basic data about the drive, and Vital Product Data comprises
several pages of additional data. Each Vital Product Data page requires a
separate INQUIRY command from the initiator.
An INQUIRY command is not affected by, nor does it clear, a Unit Attention
condition.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Operation Code (12h)
Reserved
Logical Unit Number
EVPD
Page Code
Reserved
Allocation Length
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–4 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–7 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field
Description
EVPD
Enable Vital Product Data. If 0, the drive returns the Standard Inquiry Data
page. If 1, the drive returns the Vital Product Data page specified in Page Code.
Page Code Specifies which Vital Product Data page is to be returned by the drive. This field
must be 0 if EVPD is 0. A CHECK CONDITION with ILLEGAL REQUEST status is
returned if this field specifies an unsupported page code. Table 5–8 lists the
page codes for the Vital Product Pages supported by the drive.
Allocation Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the drive is allowed to
Length
return to the initiator during the command's DATA IN phase. Error status is not
returned if the value in this field truncates the requested information.
Table 5–8 Vital Product Data - Page Codes
Page Code Description
00h
80h
C0h
C1h
Supported Vital Product Pages Page
Unit Serial Number Page
Code Build Information Page
Subsystem Components Revision Page
5.4.1 Standard Inquiry Data Page
Figure 5–5 shows the format of the Standard Inquiry Data page returned by the
drive.
5-16
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
3
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
RMB
Device Type Modifier
ISO Version
ECMA Version
ANSI Version
AENC
TrmIOP
Reserved
Response Data Format
4
5
Additional Length = 33h
Reserved
6
7
Rsv’d
MChngr
Wbus32
Reserved
RelAdr
Wbus16
Sync
Linked
Rsv’d
CmdQue
SftRe
8 - 15
16 - 31
Vendor Identification
(QUANTUM )
Product Identification
(DLT 7000 )
32 - 35
36 - 55
Product Revision Level
(hhss)
Vendor Unique Bytes
Figure 5–5 Standard Inquiry Data Page - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–9 contains field descriptions for the data returned by the drive.
Table 5–9 Standard Inquiry Data Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Value
Description
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
0
1
Non-zero if initiator selects an invalid logical unit (see below)
1 indicates that this is a sequential access device (see below).
Note that the Peripheral Device Type entry for a medium
changer is 8.
RMB
1
1
0
Removable Medium Bit. Set to 1.
Device Type Modifier
ISO Version
Set to 1 to specify a sequential access device.
International Standardization Organization Version level. Set
to 0.
ECMA Version
0
European Computer Manufacturers Organization Version
level. Set to 0.
ANSI Version
AENC
2
0
0
ANSI SCSI Level 2 (SCSI-2) is supported.
Asynchronous Event Notification is not supported.
TrmlOp
Terminate I/O Process. The tape drive does not support the
TERMINATE I/O PROCESS message.
Response Data Format
Additional Length
2
This Standard Inquiry Data is in SCSI-2 format.
33h
Tape drive uses this field to indicate the number of additional
bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available.
Mchnger
-
Set to 1 if a Media Changer (Loader) is present and EEPROM
parameter EnbIngMedChgr is set to 1. This SCSI-3 bit indicates
that the Read Element Status and Move Medium commands
can be issued to the drive (LUN0). By default, this bit is set to 0
on the DLT 7000.
RelAdr
0
0
1
Relative Addressing is not supported.
WBus 32
WBus 16
Set to 0 since the drive does not support 32-bit transfer.
The WBus bit is 1 since the drive supports 16-bit data transfer.
5-18
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–9 Standard Inquiry Data Page - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Sync
Value
Description
1
1
0
0
The drive supports Synchronous Data Transfers.
Linked Commands are supported.
The drive does not support Tagged Command Queuing.
Linked
CmdQue
SftRe
The drive implements the hard reset option in response to
assertion of the SCSI Bus reset line.
Vendor Identification
Product Identification
Product Revision Level
The value in this field is QUANTUM (there are spaces after the
word Quantum)
The value in this field is DLT 7000 (there are spaces after the
word DLT 7000)
This field contains 4 bytes of ASCII data that provides the
drive’s software revision levels. The first two bytes are the
version number of servo code. The second two bytes are the
version number of the SCSI/read/write code. When a firmware
update is performed on the DLT drive, this part of the revision
level will change to reflect that update (quotation marks will
not appear).
Vendor Specific
See Section 5.4.2 for details.
NOTE: Vendor Information, Product Identification, and Product Revision Level are returned as
shown in Figure 5–5.
5.4.2 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data
The following information can be used to precisely identify the revision of
subsystem components.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Product Family (7)
Released Firmware
Firmware Major Version #
Firmware Minor Version #
EEPROM Format Major Version #
EEPROM Format Minor Version #
Firmware Personality
Firmware Sub-Personality
Firmware Subtype
Controller Hardware Version #
45
46
Drive EEPROM Version #
Drive Hardware Version #
47
48
49
50
51
Media Loader Firmware Version #
Media Loader Hardware Version #
Media Loader Mechanical Version #
Media Loader Present Flag
Library Present Flag
52 – 55
Module Revision
Figure 5–6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definitions
5-20
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–10 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Product Family
This field indicates the data density of each of the DLT tape drives as
follows:
Bit
Drive Density
0
1
2
3
5
6
7
Not Specified
2.6 GB
6.0 GB
10.0 / 20.0 GB
20.0 / 40.0 GB
15.0 / 30.0 GB
35.0 / 70.0 GB
Released Firmware
This flag differentiates between released and test versions of
firmware. When set to 1, indicates released code (Vxxx); 0 indicates
field test code (Txxx). Released code has no minor firmware version
number (byte 38 = 0). Field test and engineering versions of code
have non-zero minor firmware version numbers for tracking
purposes.
… Version #
These fields display the various version numbers in binary, not ASCII
Firmware Personality
Numeric indicator of firmware personality. For example, firmware
personality of 4 indicates OEM family, 15 indicates OML family, and
18 indicates OMX family.
Firmware Subpersonality
Loader Present
Set to 1, indicating standard SCSI device firmware.
Set to 0 indicates no loader present. Non-zero indicates loader is
present.
Library Present
Set to 0 indicates no library present. Non-zero indicates library is
present.
Module Revision
A four byte ASCII string representing the revision level of the tape
drive’s module (the controller PCBA attached to the tape drive).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
5.4.3 Supported Vital Product Data Page
The Supported Vital Product Data Pages page (Figure 5–7) provides a directory
of the Vital Product Data Pages that are supported by the drive. The pages that
are supported are:
·
·
·
The Unit Serial Number Page (80h)
The Firmware Build Information Page (C0h)
The Subsystem Components Revision Page (C1h)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
1
2
Page Code (00h)
Reserved
3
4
5
6
7
Page Length (4 or more bytes)
00h - (this page)
80h - Unit Serial Number Page
C0h - Firmware Build Information Page (VU)
C1h – Subsystem Components Revision Page
Figure 5–7 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page - Data Format
5-22
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
1
2
3
Page Code (80h)
Reserved
Page Length (0Ah)
Serial Number
4 - 13
Figure 5–8 Unit Serial Number Page (80h) - Data Format
Table 5–11 Unit Serial Number Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Serial Number
Description
The serial number given is the serial number of the module or the drive
typically starting with “CX” indicating the site of manufacture. If the drive
serial number is valid, then it is reported; otherwise, the module serial
number is reported. The serial number can be found on the bar code
label. The serial number is returned in ASCII.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (C0h)
Reserved
2
3
Page Length (20h)
4 - 5
6 - 7
8 - 11
12 - 35
Servo Firmware Checksum
Servo EEPROM Checksum
Read/Write Firmware Checksum
Read/Write Firmware Build Data
Figure 5–9 Firmware Build Information Page (VU) (C0h)- Data Format
Table 5–12 Firmware Build Information Page (VU) - Field Descriptions
Field Name
… Checksum
Description
Servo Firmware, Servo EEPROM, and READ/WRITE Firmware
checksums are given as binary numbers and are for positive firmware
and EEPROM identification.
Firmware Build
Date
Firmware Build Date is an ASCII string in the DD-MMM-YYYY
HH:MM:SS format.
5-24
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (C1h)
Reserved
2
3
Page Length (14h)
4
Product Family (8)
Released Firmware
5
Firmware Major Version #
Firmware Minor Version #
EEPROM Format Major Version #
EEPROM Format Minor Version #
Firmware Personality
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 - 23
Firmware Sub-Personality
Vendor Unique Subtype
Controller Hardware Version #
Drive EEPROM Version #
Drive Hardware Version #
Media Loader Firmware Version #
Media Loader Hardware Version #
Media Loader Mechanical Version #
Media Loader Present Flag
Library Present Flag
Module Revision
Figure 5–10 Subsystem Components Revision Page (C1h) - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
INQUIRY Command (12h) (continued)
Table 5–13 Subsystem Components Revision Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Product Family
This field indicates the data density of each of the DLT tape drives as
follows:
Bit
Drive Density
0
1
2
3
5
6
7
Not Specified
2.6 GB
6.0 GB
10.0 / 20.0 GB
20.0 / 40.0 GB
15.0 / 30.0 GB
35.0 / 70.0 GB
Released Firmware
This flag differentiates between released and test versions of firmware.
When set to 1, indicates released code (Vxxx); 0 indicates field test
code (Txxx). Released code has no minor firmware version number
(byte 38 = 0). Field test and engineering versions of code have non-
zero minor firmware version numbers for tracking purposes.
… Version #
These fields display the various version numbers in binary, not ASCII
Identification of product.
Vendor Unique Subtype
Firmware Personality
Numeric indicator of firmware personality. For example, firmware
personality of 4 indicates OEM family, 15 indicates OML family, and 18
indicates OMX family.
Firmware Subpersonality
Loader Present
Set to 1, indicating standard SCSI device firmware.
Set to 0 indicates no loader present. Non-zero indicates loader is
present.
Library Present
Set to 0 indicates no library present. Non-zero indicates library is
present.
Module Revision
A four byte ASCII string representing the revision level of the tape
drive’s module (the controller PCBA attached to the tape drive).
5-26
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.5
LOAD UNLOAD COMMAND (1Bh)
The LOAD UNLOAD command tells the target to load or unload the tape
media in the tape cartridge. If no cartridge is in the tape drive, both LOAD and
UNLOAD return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key
set. Likewise, if the drive has received an UNLOAD command with the
Immediate bit set and then it receives another command that would require tape
motion or if it receives a TEST UNIT READY command, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION STATUS with a NOT READY sense key set.
NOTES
Operation of the UNLOAD version of this command is different if a
media loader is present.
Two modes of operation are possible if a media loader is configured. If
none of the media loader-specific commands have been issued, the
device operates in the sequential mode of operation described
below. Once a media loader-specific command has been issued,
however, the sequential mode of operation is disabled and the
UNLOAD command becomes a NO OPERATION.
If the tape drive is in the default sequential mode of operation and an
UNLOAD command is received by the subsystem, the current
cartridge is unloaded and automatically moved to the magazine slot
from which it was received. The cartridge from the next magazine
slot (if the slot is not empty) automatically moves from the magazine
into the drive, is loaded, and made ready. If the next magazine slot
is empty, no CHECK CONDITION status is created.
When the cartridge is unloaded into the last magazine slot, the
subsystem does not cycle back to slot 0. This prevents accidental
overwriting of data when using a media loader subsystem in
sequential auto-loading mode. The next cartridge in the cycle must
be selected and loaded manually, or with a SCSI MOVE MEDIUM
command.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOAD UNLOAD Command (1Bh) (continued)
NOTES
The sequential loading feature of the loader can be enabled/disabled
by modifying the ENALDRAUTOLD and DISLDRAUTOLDMC
parameters of EEPROM (mode page 3Eh of the MODE SELECT
command).
A media loader does not affect the tape drive’s processing of the LOAD
portion of the LOAD UNLOAD command.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (1Bh)
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
Immed
2 - 3
4
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
EOT
Re-Ten
Flag
Load
Link
5
Unused
Figure 5–11 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-28
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOAD UNLOAD Command (1Bh) (continued)
Table 5–14 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Immed
Re-Ten
Load
Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, status is returned as soon as the operation is
started. If set to 0, status is returned after the operation has completed.
Re-tension. Re-tension operations are not needed on the tape drive. This bit is
ignored (i.e., “good” status, if bit is set to 1).
Load. When a cartridge is inserted, the tape medium is automatically loaded and
positioned by the drive at Beginning of Medium (BOM). Logically, the drive is
positioned at the beginning of Partition 0.
If the Load bit is set to 1, and the medium is already loaded, no action is taken. A
“good” status is returned. If the medium was unloaded but the cartridge was
not removed, a Load command causes the tape to be loaded to Beginning of
Partition (BOP) again and made ready.
If the Load bit is set to 0, and the medium is loaded, the drive writes any
buffered data and filemarks to the tape and then rewinds the tape to BOM and
unloads the medium back into the cartridge. The green Operate Handle
indicator on the tape drive’s faceplate illuminates and the cartridge can be
removed from the tape drive. If the medium is already unloaded, no action is
taken. A “good” status is returned.
EOT
End of Tape. This bit is ignored by the tape drive unless both the EOT and Load
bits are set to 1, then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION, ILLEGAL REQUEST
data.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.6
LOCATE COMMAND (2Bh)
The LOCATE command is used to do high-speed positioning to the specified
block address.
The READ POSITION command can be used to obtain the block address, when
writing, when particular blocks of data (a data file, for example) are about to be
written. The LOCATE command can then be used to position the tape back at
the same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular
blocks of data.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (2Bh)
Reserved
Logical Unit Number
BT
CP
Immed
2
Reserved
(MSB)
3 - 6
7
Block Address
Reserved
(LSB)
8
Partition
9
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–12 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-30
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOCATE Command (2Bh) (continued)
Table 5–15 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
BT
Block Type. The Block Type bit indicates how the Block Address field is
interpreted. The first recorded object (block or filemark) is at address 0,
and Block Addresses count both data blocks and filemarks.
CP
Change Partition. Since multiple partitions are not supported, this bit
must be set to 0.
Immed
Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, status is returned as soon as the
operation is started. If set to 0, status is returned after the operation has
completed.
Block Address
Partition
The Block Address field defines the SCSI Logical Block Address to which
the media will be positioned. These addresses start at address 0 and
include data blocks and filemarks. They could also be considered an
object address.
Not applicable (see Change Partition field above).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.7
LOG SELECT COMMAND (4Ch)
The LOG SELECT command allows the host to manage statistical information
maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the
installed tape medium. The description should be read in conjunction with the
description of the LOG SENSE command that follows it and provides the user
with information about log page format, parameters, and supported pages.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
Operation Code (4Ch)
Reserved
Logical Unit Number (0)
PC
PCR
SP
Reserved
3 - 6
7 - 8
9
Reserved
Parameter List Length
Reserved
(MSB)
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–13 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-32
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
Table 5–16 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PCR
Parameter Code Reset. If this bit is set to 1 and the parameter list length is set to 0,
all accumulated values of page codes 2, 3, and 32 are set to 0 and all threshold
values are set to default. If PCR is set to 1 and the parameter list length is set to a
non-zero value, the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with
sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an Additional Sense Code (ASC) of INVALID
FIELD IN CDB.
SP
PC
Save Page. Not supported, must be set to 0. If for some reason the Save Page bit is
set, the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of
ILLEGAL REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Page Control. This field defines the type of parameter values to be selected:
PC Type of Parameter Values
00b - Current Threshold Values
01b - Current Cumulative Values
10b - Default Threshold Values
11b - Default Cumulative Values
All of these types of values are changeable using LOG SELECT.
When the PC field is set to 00b or 01b and the Parameter List Length is set to 0, the
command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status, Sense Key of ILLEGAL
REQUEST, and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB. This occurs because modification of
Current Threshold Values and Current Cumulative Values is not supported.
When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 10b,
then all Current Threshold Values are reset to the Default Threshold Values. This is
equivalent to no change, since Threshold Values cannot be modified.
When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 0, then
all Current Cumulative Values are reset to the Default Cumulative Values. This is
equivalent to clearing all log pages that can be cleared.
Parameter
List Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the LOG SELECT parameter list to be
transferred from the initiator to the target during the DATA OUT phase. A parameter
list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred. This condition is not
considered an error.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
5.7.1 Log Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block
The following conditions constitute errors that are detected by the drive in
relation to the CDB. The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST,
INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
The conditions that constitute errors are:
·
·
·
PCR bit is set to 1 and parameter list is not set to 0.
SP bit is set to 1
A parameter list length that would cause a parameter within a valid page to
be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized.
5.7.2 Operation of LOG SELECT
The LOG SELECT command allows the initiator to modify and initialize
parameters within the logs supported by the tape drive.
There are two ways to initialize the log parameters.
1. Set the PCR bit in the LOG SELECT CDB; this clears all parameters.
2. Specify the log page and parameter values as the log parameters to clear
individual pages. The following pages can be cleared using this method:
Page Code
02h
Page Description
Write Error Count Page
Read Error Count Page
Compression Ratio Page
03h
32h
If multiple pages are sent during the DATA OUT phase, they must be sent in
ascending order according to page code. Otherwise, the command terminates
with a CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and
additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST. The same
status is returned if an unsupported Page Code appears in any header or if the
specified page cannot be cleared.
5-34
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
5.7.3 Log Select Page Format
Each log page begins with a 4-byte header followed by n number of log parameter
blocks (one block for each parameter code). Each block, except for parameter
code 05h is comprised of 8 bytes. The parameter block for code 05h is 12 bytes.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code
1
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
Figure 5–14 LOG SELECT Log Page Header Format
(LSB)
Table 5–17 LOG SELECT Log Page Header Field Descriptions
Field Name Description
Page Code
The Page Code specifies for which Log Page this LOG SELECT command is
directed.
Page Length
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 -1
(MSB)
Parameter Code
ETC
(LSB)
LP
2
3
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
Parameter Length
Parameter Value
(MSB)
4 - 7
(LSB)
NOTE: Byte 2 is also referred to the Parameter Control Byte.
Figure 5–15 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Format
Table 5–18 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
Parameter Codes supported for the READ/WRITE error counter pages are as
follows:
Parameter Code
- Descriptions
00h - Errors corrected with substantial delays
01h - Errors corrected with possible delays
02h - Total rewrites or rereads
03h - Total errors corrected
04h - Total times correction algorithm processed
05h - Total bytes processed
06h - Total uncorrected errors
8000h - Vendor Unique
5-36
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
Table 5–18 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
(continued)
Note: Parameter codes 00h, 01h, and 04h always have a value of 0.
Parameter value for 05h is 8 bytes; the parameter length is set to 8.
DU
Disable Update. This bit is not defined for LOG SELECT; the target ignores any
value in DU.
DS
Disable Save. Not supported. Must be set to 1.
TSD
ETC
Target Save Disable. Not supported. Must be set to 1.
Enable Threshold Comparison. When set to 1, drive performs a comparison
with threshold values once the cumulative value is updated. Comparison
criteria are defined in Threshold Met Criteria (TMC). If the comparison is met
and the RLEC bit of MODE SELECT / SENSE Control Page 0Ah is set to 1, then a
UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators. The additional sense code is set
to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET. If the RLEC bit is 0 and the comparison is
met, then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated.
TMC
Threshold Met Criteria. Once the criteria specified in this field is met and the
ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in MODE SENSE / SELECT Control Page is set to 1,
then UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators.
The criteria for comparison are:
Code - Basis of Comparison
00b - Every update of the cumulative value
01b - Cumulative value equal to threshold value
10b - Cumulative value not equal to threshold value
11b - Cumulative value greater than threshold value
The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter
can attain.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch) (continued)
Table 5–18 LOG SELECT Log Parameters Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
TMC (continued)
The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of
the device (either via power-cycle, BUS DEVICE RESET, or SCSI RESET).
The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter is
initialized at a reset condition. Default values are zero.
By default, Current Threshold Values = Default Threshold Values.
Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG SELECT.
LP
List Parameter. This bit should always be set to 0 to indicate parameter codes
are treated as data counters.
Parameter Length
Parameter Value
This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value.
This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter.
5.7.4 Error Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Pages
The host issues a LOG SENSE command to initialize host-resident software
that allows determination of:
·
·
The log pages used by the drive
The parameter codes and length of each parameter
The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that cause the
drive to return CHECK CONDITION with sense data set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST and additional send code INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
A page header is received with unsupported page codes
An incorrect log page length is specified in the page header
An illegal parameter code is contained in a valid page code
Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order
The LP bit (Table 5-18) is set to 1 in the parameter control byte
The DS bit (Table 5-18) is set to 0 in the parameter control byte
The TSD bit (Table 5-18) is set to 0 in the parameter control byte
5-38
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.8
LOG SENSE COMMAND (4Dh)
The LOG SENSE command allows the host to retrieve statistical information
maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the
installed tape medium. It is a complementary command to LOG SELECT.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
2
Operation Code (4Dh)
Reserved
Logical Unit Number (0)
PC
PPC
SP(0)
Page Code
3 - 4
5 - 6
7 - 8
9
Reserved
Parameter Pointer
Allocation Length
Reserved
(MSB)
(MSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–16 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–19 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PPC
Parameter Pointer Control. This bit must be set to 0. A PPC of 0 indicates that the
parameter data requested from the device starts with the parameter code
specified in the Parameter Pointer field (Bytes 5 - 6) and return the number of
bytes specified in the Allocation Length field (Bytes 7 - 8) in ascending order of
parameter codes from the specified log page.
Note that the current implementation of the READ/WRITE COMPRESSION page
does not support a PPC other than 0.
If PPC bit is set, then the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION
status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code set to
INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
SP
PC
Save Parameters. Not supported, must be set to 0. If for some reason the Save
Parameters bit is set, the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status
with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Page Control. This field defines the type of parameter values to be returned:
PC - Type of Parameter Values
00b - Threshold Values
01b - Cumulative Values
10b - Default Threshold Values
11b - Default Cumulative Values
The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can
attain.
The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the
device (either via power-cycle, BUS DEVICE RESET, or SCSI RESET.
The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter is
initialized at a reset condition. Default values are zero.
By default, Current Threshold Values = Default Threshold Values.
Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG SELECT.
5-40
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–19 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code field identifies which log page is being requested by the initiator.
If the page is not supported, then the command terminates with a CHECK
CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code
of INVALID FIELD IN CDB. Supported pages are:
Page Code Page Definition
See Section
5.8.2
00h
02h
03h
07h
2Eh
32h
33h
3Eh
List of Supported Pages Page
Write Error Counter Page
Read Error Counter Page
Last n Errors Events Page
TapeAlert Page
5.8.3
5.8.3
5.8.4
5.8.5
Compression Ratio Page
Device Wellness Log Page
Device Status Log Page
5.8.6
5.8.7
5.8.8
Parameter
Pointer
The Parameter Pointer field allows the host to specify at which parameter within a
log page the requested data should begin. For example, if a page supports
parameters 0 through 5, and the Parameter Pointer contains 3, then only
parameters 3, 4, and 5 are returned to the initiator. Similarly, if a page supports
parameters 1, 3, and 6, and the Parameter Pointer contains 2, then only
parameters 3 and 6 are returned to the initiator.
If the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the
page, then the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status,
sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code set to INVALID
FIELD IN CDB.
Note that parameters within a page are always returned in ascending order
according to parameter code.
If the target does not support a parameter code within this page then it does not
return any data associated with this parameter.
Allocation
Length
The Allocation Length field is used to inform the target how much space the
initiator has allocated for data. The host uses this field to limit the size of data
transfers to its own internal buffer size.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.1 Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block
The following conditions constitute errors detected by the drive relating to the
LOG SENSE command descriptor block. The request sense data is set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST, INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
Error conditions occur when:
·
·
A page is not supported
The parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the
page
·
·
·
The SP bit is set to 1
The Allocation Length is smaller than the data being returned by the target.
PPC bit set to 1
5-42
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.2 Supported Pages Log Page (Page 00h)
When page 00h is requested, the 4-byte page header is returned, followed by the
pages supported in ascending order, one byte for each.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
Reserved
Page Code (00h)
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length (05h)
(LSB)
4
5
6
00h
02h
03h
7
8
07h
2Eh
32h
33h
3Eh
9
10
11
Figure 5–17 Supported Pages Page - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.3 Read (Page 03h) / Write (Page 02h) Error LOG SENSE Page
Each Log page begins with a 4-byte header followed by a number of log
parameter blocks. Each block consists of 8 bytes except for parameter code 05h.
The log parameter block for the parameter total bytes processed (05h) is 12
bytes, since the parameter value is 8 bytes long.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code
1
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–18 Read / Write Error LOG SENSE Header Format
Table 5–20 Read / Write Error LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Page Code
Description
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE
command descriptor block.
Page Length
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this
log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.
For example, if the PPC bit is 0 and the parameter pointer is 0, the target
returns 4 bytes of page header with page length of 44h followed by 8 bytes
of parameter value data for each parameter code except code 05h (for code
05h, it returns 12 bytes). Therefore, for parameter codes 00h, 01h, 02h,
03h, 04h, 06h, and 8000h, each page will be 8 bytes.
5-44
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 -1
(MSB)
Parameter Code
ETC
(LSB)
LP
2
3
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
Parameter Length
Parameter Value
(MSB)
4 - 11
(LSB)
NOTE: Byte 2 is also referred to the Parameter Control Byte.
Figure 5–19 Log Parameters Format for Read /Write Error LOG SENSE Page
Table 5–21 Log Parameters for Read /Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Parameter
Code
Parameter Codes supported for the READ/WRITE error counter pages are as follows:
Parameter Code
- Descriptions
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
- Errors corrected with substantial delays
- Errors corrected with possible delays
- Total rewrites or rereads
- Total errors corrected
- Total times correction algorithm processed
- Total bytes processed
- Total uncorrected errors
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–21 Log Parameters for Read /Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
(continued)
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
(continued)
8000h - Vendor Unique
9000h - Vendor Unique
Note: Parameter codes 00h, 01h, and 04h always return a value of 0.
Parameter value for 05h is 8 bytes; the parameter length is set to 8.
DU
Disable Update. This field with a value 0 indicates that the target will update
all log parameter values. This field set to 1 indicates that the target will not
update the log parameter values except in response to LOG SELECT. This bit is
set by the drive when accumulated values reach maximum. This is also
returned set to 1 if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command.
Default is 0.
Note that for parameter types other than threshold and cumulative values, this
bit is always 0.
DS
Disable Save. Not supported; always set to 1.
TSD
ETC
Target Save Disable. Not supported; always set to 1.
Enable Threshold Comparison. When set to 1, indicates that comparison to
threshold is performed. ETC of 0 indicates that the comparison is not
performed. This bit is set to 1 by MODE SELECT. Default is 0.
TMC
Threshold Met Criteria. This field is valid only if host sets ETC to 1. It
determines the basis for comparison and is specified by host using LOG
SELECT. If the result of comparison is true (cumulative = threshold), and
MODE SELECT / SENSE Control Mode page RLEC bit is set to 1, then a UNIT
ATTENTION is granted for all initiators. The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION,
the additional sense code to LOG EXCEPTION, and ASCQ is set to THRESHOLD
CONDITION MET. If the RLEC bit in Control Mode page is 0, then UNIT
ATTENTION is not generated.
Note that comparison is performed in real time. A Log Sense command need
not be issued to get the check condition. Once ETC is selected, RLEC bit in
control mode page, the check condition is issued based on the criteria defined
in the TMC bits if the criteria are met in real time. Check condition will not
identify for which parameter code the criteria is met. Log Sense must be
issued to read the counters to determine for which parameter code criteria
has been met.
5-46
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–21 Log Parameters for Read / Write Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
(continued)
Field Name
Description
TMC
The criteria for comparison are:
(continued)
Code - Basis of Comparison
00b - Every update of the cumulative value
01b - Cumulative value equal to threshold value
10b - Cumulative value not equal to threshold value
11b - Cumulative value greater than threshold value
List Parameter. This bit is 0 since the parameter codes are treated as data counters.
This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value.
LP
Parameter
Length
Parameter
Value
This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.4 Last n Error Events Page (07h)
This page returns one parameter at a time that contains the ASCII text for the
specified event log. The Parameter Number field in the CDB specifies the log
event to return. The log events in EEPROM are numbered from 0 to 255, after
which the number wraps back to 0; only a limited number of events are stored at
a given time (up to 48). The log event that is returned is the one whose
Parameter Code is equal to, or the first one greater than, the Parameter Number
specified in the command control block.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code (07h)
1
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–20 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Format
Table 5–22 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Page Code
Description
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG
SENSE command descriptor block.
Page Length
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.
5-48
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 -1
(MSB)
Parameter Code
ETC
(LSB)
LP
2
3
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
Parameter Length
(MSB)
4 - n
Hex ASCII String for Event n
(LSB)
Figure 5–21 Log Parameters Format for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page
Table 5–23 Log Parameters for Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
Parameter Code values are assigned from 0 to 27 (decimal), where 0 is the
oldest event stored and the highest Parameter Code returned is the most
recent event.
Hex ASCII String
for Event n
The text of the parameter includes a “Packet #” that is a value from 0 to
255. This internal number is assigned when the packet is written to
EEPROM. A value of 0 is normally the oldest packet, but packet numbers
can wrap around back to 0 after reaching 255. For a detailed description of
the packet string, see Appendix B.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.5 TapeAlert Page (2Eh)
This page returns results of the tape drive’s on-going self diagnosis, so that the
tape drive’s behavior can be monitored and high reliability ensured. The
TapeAlert page is read from the tape drive at the beginning of each
READ/WRITE activity, after any fatal errors occur during a READ/WRITE, at
the end of any tape cartridge when the READ/WRITE activity continues onto
another tape cartridge, and at the end of each READ/WRITE activity. The flags,
of which there are 16, are set or cleared by the tape drive when the failure or
corrective action occurs.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Page Code (2Eh)
Reserved
1
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–22 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Format
Table 5–24 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG
SENSE command descriptor block.
Page Length The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.
5-50
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5n –1
to
(MSB)
Parameter Code (n)
ETC
5n
(LSB)
LP
5n + 1
5n + 2
5n + 3
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
Parameter Length (1)
Value of TapeAlert Flag (Flag is set when Bit 0 = 1; Bits 1 – 7 are Reserved)
Figure 5–23 TapeAlert Page Log Parameters Format
Table 5–25 TapeAlert Page Log Parameter Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
This field contains the Flag code. See Table 5-26 for the supported
Flags, level of severity, and the Flags’ definitions.
Parameter Length
This field is set to 1.
Value of Tape Alert Flag
If Bit 0 is set to 1, this indicates that TapeAlert has sensed a problem.
See Table 5-26 for the supported Flags and their definitions. If Bit 0 is 0,
the Flag is not set and no problem has been sensed.
For definitions of bits that make up the Control Byte (the byte “5n + 1” above),
refer to Section 5.8.3, Table 5-21.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–26 TapeAlert Flags, Severity Levels, and Meanings
Flag
Severity Level * Meaning
1
Read Warning
Write Warning
Hard Error
Warning
Warning
Warning
Critical
Problems reading data. There is no loss of data, but the tape
drive’s performance is reduced.
2
3
5
6
Problems writing data. There is no loss of data, but the
capacity of the tape is reduced.
An error has occurred during a read or write operation that
the tape drive cannot correct: operation has stopped.
Read Failure
Write Failure
The tape medium or the tape drive is damaged. Contact a
service representative.
Critical
The tape medium is faulty or the tape drive is damaged.
Test the tape drive using a known-good tape cartridge. If
the problem persists, contact a service representative.
9
Write Protect
Critical
Informational
Informational
Critical
The tape cartridge is write protected. Set the write
protection switch to enable writing, or use a different tape
cartridge.
10 No Removal
11 Cleaning Media
20 Clean Now
The tape drive is busy and the tape cartridge cannot be
ejected. Wait for the operation to complete before
attempting to eject the tape cartridge.
The tape cartridge in the tape drive is a cleaning cartridge.
For normal tape drive data-related operations, replace the
cleaning cartridge with a data tape cartridge.
The tape drive needs to be cleaned. Make sure that all tape
operations have completed, eject the data tape cartridge
and follow the appropriate steps to use a cleaning cartridge.
* Severity levels are Informational, Warning, and Critical. Informational flags provide a status-type
message, Warning flags indicate that there is the possibility of loss of data, and Critical flags indicate
the possibility of loss of data and that user intervention is urgently required.
5-52
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–26 TapeAlert Flags, Severity Levels, and Meanings (continued)
Flag
Severity Level * Meaning
22 Expired Cleaning
Media
Critical
The cleaning cartridge that was used has expired. Wait for
all tape drive operations to complete, then use a valid
cleaning cartridge for cleaning.
31 Hardware B
32 Interface
Critical
The tape drive may have a hardware fault. Contact a service
representative.
Warning
The drive has identified a problem with the interface
to/from the host.
34 Download Fail
Warning
Critical
The attempted firmware download has failed.
40 Loader
Hardware A
The mechanism that loads media to the tape drive is
experiencing problems communicating with the tape drive.
42 Loader
Hardware B
Warning
Critical
The loader mechanism has experienced a hardware-related
fault.
43 Loader Door
The attempted operation has failed: the library/autoloader
door is not closed completely.
* Severity levels are Informational, Warning, and Critical. Informational flags provide a status-type
message, Warning and Critical flags indicate that user intervention and/or service call may be required.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.6 Read / Write Compression Page (32h)
This page begins with a 4-byte header followed by the log parameter blocks of 6
or 8 bytes, depending on the Parameter Code selected.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
Reserved
Page Code (32h)
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Additional Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–24 Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Header Format
Table 5–27 Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG
SENSE command descriptor block.
Additional Length
The Additional Length field specifies the number of bytes available and
depends on the parameters requested.
5-54
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0 -1
Parameter Code
(LSB)
LP
2
3
DU
DS
TSD
ETC
TMC
Rsv’d
02h
(MSB)
4 - n
Compression Ratio x 100
(LSB)
Figure 5–25 Log Parameters Format for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE
Page (Parameter Codes 00h and 01h)
Table 5–28 Log Parameters for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions (Parameter Codes 00h and 01h)
Field Name
Description
Parameter
Code
Parameter Codes supported for the READ / WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO page are as
follows (for codes 00h and 01h only; codes 02h through 09h are detailed
separately):
Parameter Code - Description
00h
01h
- READ Compression Ratio x 100
- WRITE Compression Ration x 100
DU
DS
Disable Update. Always 0.
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
TSD
ETC
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported on this page.
Always set to 0.
TMC
LP
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data counter).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0 -1
2
Parameter Code
ETC
(LSB)
LP
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
3
04h
(MSB)
4 - 7
Counter Value
(LSB)
Figure 5–26 Log Parameters Format for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE
Page (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h)
Table 5–29 Log Parameters for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h)
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
Parameter Codes supported for the READ / WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO
page (codes 02h through 09h) are as follows:
Parameter – Code Descriptions
02h - Mbytes Transferred to Host
03h - Bytes Transferred to Host
04h - Mbytes Read from Tape
05h - Bytes Read from Tape
06h - Mbytes Transferred from Host
07h - Bytes Transferred from Host
08h - Mbytes Written to Tape
09h - Bytes Written to Tape
5-56
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–29 Log Parameters for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h) (continued)
Field Name
DU
Description
Disable Update. Always 0.
DS
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
TSD
ETC
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported on
this page. Always set to 0.
TMC
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.
LP
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data counter).
Counter Value
Parameter Codes 02h through 09h provide a count of the number of
bytes transferred since the current tape cartridge was inserted or since the
last time the counters were reset via a MODE SELECT command.
Parameter Codes 02h and 03h -- Report the count of bytes transferred
from the tape drive to the initiator. Parameter Code 02h reports the
number of full megabytes transferred; Parameter Code 03h reports the
number of bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred.
Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 02h by 1,048,576
and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code
03h results in the actual total bytes transferred to the initiator.
Parameter Codes 04h and 05h -- Report the count of bytes transferred
from the tape drive to the buffer. Parameter Code 04h reports the number
of full megabytes transferred; Parameter Code 05h reports the number of
bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying
the counter returned for Parameter Code 04h by 1,048,576 and then
adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 05h results
in the actual total bytes transferred from tape to the buffer.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–29 Log Parameters for Read / Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Field
Descriptions (Parameter Codes 02h through 09h) (continued)
Field Name
Description
Counter Value
(continued)
Parameter Codes 06h and 07h -- Report the count of bytes transferred
from the initiator to the buffer. Parameter Code 06h reports the number
of full megabytes transferred; Parameter Code 07h reports the number of
bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying
the counter returned for Parameter Code 06h by 1,048,576 and then
adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 07h results
in the actual total bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer.
Parameter Codes 08h and 09h -- Report the count of bytes written to the
tape drive. Parameter Code 08h reports the number of full megabytes
transferred; Parameter Code 09h reports the number of bytes less than a
full megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying the counter
returned for Parameter Code 08h by 1,048,576 and then adding the value
of the counter returned by Parameter Code 09h results in the actual total
bytes written to the tape drive.
5-58
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.7 Device Wellness Page (33h)
The Device Wellness Page returns information about any check conditions
related to Sense Keys 1, 3, 4, and 9 logged by the tape drive. Up to 16 entries
(parameter code 0000h to 000Fh) can be contained in the page; each entry
records a check condition (Sense Key = 1), a medium error (Sense Key = 3), or
hardware error (Sense Key = 4). Note that parameter code 000h contains the
oldest log information while parameter 000Fh contains the most recent.
Only head cleaning recovered errors (more serious recovered errors) are recorded
when Sense Key is 1; all sense data are recorded when Sense Key is 3 or 4.
This page begins with a 4-byte header followed by the log parameter blocks.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
Reserved
Page Code (33h)
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
Figure 5–27 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Header Format
(LSB)
Table 5–30 Device Wellness LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG
SENSE command descriptor block.
Page Length
The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and
depends on the parameters requested.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Parameter Code
Reserved
1
2
DU
DS
TSD
ETC
TMC
Rsv’d
LP
(MSB)
3 - 7
8 - 11
12
Time Stamp
Media ID
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
Sense Key
13
Additional Sense Key
15
Additional Error Information
Figure 5–28 Log Parameters Format for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page (Parameters
0000h – 000Fh)
5-60
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–31 Log Parameters for Device Wellness LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
Field Name Description
Parameter
Code
Parameter Codes 0000h through 000Fh are supported. This provides 16 log entries for
error information capture.
DU
DS
Disable Update. Always 0.
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 0.
TSD
ETC
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported on this page.
Always set to 0.
TMC
LP
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.
List Parameter. Always set to 0.
Time
Stamp
Power-on hours when CHECK CONDITION occurred (note that this is the number of
power-on hours of the total number of hours during the lifetime of the drive).
The time stamp counter is updated once per hour; if the tape drive is powered down
before the hourly update occurs, the update will not occur until a full hour after
power is re-applied.
Media ID
Internal media identifier being used when check condition occurred. 0 = no media or
unknown media when event occurred. Note that this is not an applicable means of
tracing media.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
5.8.8 Device Status Page (3Eh)
The Device Status Page describes the current status of the tape drive.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Reserved
Page Code (3Eh)
Reserved
(MSB)
2 - 3
Page Length
Figure 5–29 Device Status LOG SENSE Header Format
(LSB)
Table 5–32 Device Status LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the
LOG SENSE command descriptor block.
Page Length
The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and
depends on the parameters requested.
5-62
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 1
2
Parameter Code
ETC
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
Rsv’d
LP
3
Parameter Length (04h)
Parameter Value
(MSB)
4 - 7
(LSB)
Figure 5–30 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page (Parameters
0000h, 0001h, or 0002h)
Table 5–33 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Parameter Code
Parameter Codes 0000h through 0004h are supported.
Code - Description
0000h - Specifies device type. For sequential-type devices such as tape drives,
the value is always 00010000h.
0001h - Specifies device cleaning-related status. See Figure 5-31.
0002h - Specifies the number of “loads” over the lifetime of the tape drive.
0003h - Specifies the number of cleaning sessions per cartridge.
0004h - Vendor-unique
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh) (continued)
Table 5–33 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions
(continued)
Field Name
Description
DU
DS
Disable Update. Always 0.
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.
TSD
Target Save Disable. When = 0, indicates that the target provides a target-
defined method for saving log parameters. When = 1, indicates that either the
target does not provide a defined method for saving log parameters or that
the target-defined method has been disabled by the initiator.
ETC
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported on this
page. Always set to 0.
TMC
LP
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data counter).
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
ClnR
ClnQ
ClnEx
(MSB)
1 - 3
Reserved
(LSB)
Figure 5–31 Log Parameters Format for Device Status LOG SENSE Page Parameter
0001h (Cleaning Related)
Table 5–34 Log Parameters for Device Status LOG SENSE Parameter 0001h (Cleaning
Related) Field Descriptions
Field Name Description
ClnR
ClnQ
ClnEx
Set to 1 if a cleaning required condition exists. When the
condition clears, this status is also cleared.
Set to 1 if a cleaning request condition exists. When the
condition clears, this status is also cleared.
Set to 1 if the cleaning tape has expired. If no cleaning tape is
installed, this bit is cleared.
5-64
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.9
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) COMMAND (15h / 55h)
The MODE SELECT command (available in either 6- or 10-byte format) enables
the host to configure the tape drive. Implementing MODE SELECT and MODE
SENSE requires “handshaking” between the host and the drive. Before
configuring the drive, the host should issue a MODE SENSE command to the
drive to obtain a report of the current configuration and determine what
parameters are configurable. The host interprets this information and then may
issue MODE SELECT to set the drive to the host’s preferred configuration. The
Mode Parameter List described in Section 5.8 is passed from the initiator to the
drive during the command’s DATA OUT phase.
Information for the drive is carried on a number of pages, each of which serves
to set the tape drive’s operating parameters. The MODE SELECT pages
supported, and the sections of this manual that details each page, are:
Page Code Description
Section
5.9.2
5.9.3
5.9.4
5.9.5
5.9.6
5.9.7
5.9.8
5.9.9
01h
02h
0Ah
0Fh
10h
11h
1Ch
3Eh
READ/WRITE Error Recovery Page
Disconnect / Reconnect Page
Control Mode Page
Data Compression Page
Device Configuration Page
Medium Partition Page
Tape Alert Page
EEPROM Vendor Unique Page
Except for mode page 3Eh, the tape drive always powers up with its default
configurations set. This is also true if the drive receives a BUS DEVICE RESET
message or a hard reset via the RST line on the SCSI bus.
The Command Descriptor Block is illustrated in Figure 5-32.
NOTE
For a list of changeable parameters within MODE SELECT, refer to
Sections 5.9.9 (EEPROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh) and 5.9.10
(Changeable Parameters within MODE SELECT).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
Mode Select (6) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (15h)
PF
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
SP (0)
2 - 3
4
Reserved
Parameter List Length
5
Unused (00)
Reserved
Flag
1
Link
Mode Select (10) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (55h)
1
Logical Unit Number
PF
Reserved
SP (0)
2 - 6
7 – 8
Reserved
Parameter List Length
9
Unused (00)
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–32 MODE SELECT (6) and (10) Command Descriptor Blocks - Data Format
5-66
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–35 MODE SELECT (6)/(10) Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PF
Page Format. The Page Format bit indicates that the data sent by the host after the
MODE SELECT header and block descriptors complies with the definition of pages in
the SCSI-2 specification. The SCSI-1 format will not be implemented so this bit must
be set to 1. It is an ILLEGAL REQUEST to have page parameters while the PF bit is 0.
SP
Save Parameters. Must be 0. If set, this bit instructs the drive to save all savable pages,
and this is not supported on the tape drive.
5.9.1 Mode Parameter List
The figure shows the format of the Mode Parameter List that is passed by the
initiator to the tape drive during the command’s DATA OUT phase.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Mode Parameter Header
4 - 11
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor (Optional)
Page(s) (Optional)
4 - 11
or
12 - n
Figure 5–33 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–36 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter List - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Mode Parameter
Header
4 bytes in length, contains information about the remainder of the Parameter
List and is always present (see Figure 5-34 and Table 5-37).
Mode Parameter
Block Descriptor
8 bytes in length, allows the initiator to set the drive’s Logical Block Size and
number of Descriptor Logical Block Addresses (see Figure 5-35 and Table 5-
38).
Page(s)
The Page Code(s) of the pages that are a part of this MODE SELECT
command.
5.9.1.1 Mode Parameter Header
The figure and table that follow provide an illustration and description of the
fields that make up the MODE SELECT command’s Mode Parameter header.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
1
2
3
Media Type
Ignored
Buffered Mode
Speed
Block Descriptor Length (08h)
Figure 5–34 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header - Data Format
5-68
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–37 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Media Type
This field is ignored by the MODE SELECT command.
Buffered Mode
Default = 1. The drive implements immediate reporting on WRITE commands
through its buffered mode. With Buffered Mode set to 1, the drive reports
GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been
transferred to the buffer. If this field = 0, then the drive does not report GOOD
status on WRITE commands until the data blocks have been written to tape.
When Buffered Mode is not used, the tape drive suffers significant performance
degradation, and possible capacity, depending on tape format, block size, and
compression. When writing 2.6 or 6.0 GB formats and block size that is a
multiple of 4 Kbytes, there is no capacity loss. Likewise, when using the 10 or
20 GB format with compression disabled and block size a multiple of 8 Kbytes,
there is no capacity loss.
When writing 10 or 20 GB format with compression enabled and Buffered
Mode disabled, some capacity loss can occur. The block packing feature is
essentially disabled by turning off Buffered Mode.
If Buffered Mode is set to a number greater than 1, the command is rejected
with CHECK CONDITION, sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST.
Speed
The tape drive supports only its default speed.
Block Descriptor
Length
This field specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors. Since the
drive only allows one block description, the value must be either 0 or 8. A value
of 0 indicates no block description is included; a value of 8 indicates a block
descriptor is present and precedes the mode page data. Any other value other
than 0 or 8 causes a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of ILLEGAL
REQUEST to be returned.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) /(10) Command (15h) /(55h) (continued)
5.9.1.2 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor
The figure and table that follow provide an illustration and description of the
fields that make up the MODE SELECT command’s Mode Parameter Block
Descriptor.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Density Code
(MSB)
1 - 3
4
Number of Blocks
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
5 - 7
Block Length
Figure 5–35 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor - Data Format
5-70
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–38 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Density
Code
This field should match the current tape medium density; it is set to 0 if the density is
unknown.
Density Code
00h
Description
Use default density.
0Ah
6667 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3B5/86-199 (read only).
10000 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3.193-1990 (read only).
16h
17h
42500 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3B5/91- 2.6 GB (DLTtape III
only).
18h
19h
Same as 17h, but with 56 track pairs vs. 24 - 6.0 GB (DLTtape III
only).
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 10.0 GB (DLTtape
III only) /15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIxt only)
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape
IV only)
1Ah
1Bh
85937 bpi, 52 quad pairs, serial cartridge tape - 35.0 GB
The density codes above are the preferred codes used to define density.
Additionally, the following codes may be used, though use of the Data Compression
Page is preferred:
7Fh
80h
No change from previous density (No Operation)
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 10.0 GB (DLTtape III) /15.0
GB (DLTtape IIIxt) without compression
81h
82h
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape III) /30.0
GB (DLTtape IIIxt) with compression
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape IV)
without compression
83h
84h
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 40 GB (DLTtape IV) with
compression
85937 bpi, 52 quad tracks, serial cartridge tape - 35 GB (without
compression)
85h
85937 bpi, 52 quad tracks, serial cartridge tape - 70 GB (with compression)
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–38 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Block Descriptor - Field Descriptions
(continued)
Field Name
Description
Number of
Blocks
This MODE SENSE field is sent = 0, indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks
on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor.
Block Length This field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical block transferred over the
SCSI bus. A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable (specified in the I/O
command). Any value other than 0 indicates the number of bytes per block to use
for READ, WRITE, and VERIFY commands that specify a “fixed” bit of 1 (i.e., fixed
block mode) which also causes the transfer length in the command descriptor
block to be defined as a block count. If fixed bit is not equal to 1, this field is
ignored.
5.9.1.3 Mode Page Descriptors
Following the MODE SELECT command’s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor are
the MODE SELECT pages, each of which sets a different device parameter. Each
mode page has a 2-byte header that identifies the page code and indicates the
number of bytes in that page.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code
1
Additional Page Length
2 - n
Page-Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter List
Figure 5–36 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor - Data Format
5-72
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–39 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For the MODE SELECT (6) (10) commands, this field
is reserved (0).
Additional Page Length
Indicates number of bytes in that page (not including bytes 0 and 1).
Page-Defined or Vendor Information in this field depends on the mode page. Refer to Sections
Unique Parameter List 5.9.2 through 5.9.9.
5.9.2 READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page (01h)
The READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page controls the drive’s response to error
conditions that arise during the course of READ and WRITE command
processing.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
PS (0)
0
Page Code (01h)
1
2
3
Additional Page Length (0Ah)
Rsv’d
Rsv’d
TB
Rsv’d
EER (1)
PER
DTE (0)
DCR (0)
Read Retry Count
4 – 7
8
Reserved
Write Retry Count
9 – 11
Reserved
Figure 5–37 Error Recovery Page - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–40 Error Recovery Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page
Length
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value does
not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that expected
by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values
not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters are changed as
a result of the command.
TB
Transfer Block. Not supported.
EER
PER
Enable Early Recovery. Set to 1 (always enabled).
Post Error. Default is 0. When set to 1, this bit enables reporting of Check
Condition for recovered READ / WRITE errors.
DTE
Disable Transfer on Error. Must be 0. Not supported.
Disable ECC Correction. Must be 0. Not supported.
DCR
Read Retry Count
This field reports the maximum number or rereads that are attempted
before declaring an unrecoverable error.
Write Retry Count
This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be
attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.
5-74
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.3 Disconnect / Reconnect Page (02h)
The Disconnect / Reconnect Page controls the drive’s behavior on the SCSI bus
and allows an initiator to tune bus performance.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (02h)
1
Additional Page Length (0Eh)
2
3
Buffer Full Ratio
Buffer Empty Ratio
(MSB)
4 - 5
6 - 7
Bus Inactivity Limit
Disconnect Time Limit
Connect Time Limit
Maximum Burst Time
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
8 - 9
10 - 11
12
Reserved
DTDC
13 – 15
Reserved
Figure 5–38 Disconnect / Reconnect Page - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–41 Disconnect / Reconnect Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page Length
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value
does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that
expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field
with values not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters
are changed as a result of the command.
Buffer Full Ratio
Not supported. Any value is ignored.
Not supported. Any value is ignored.
Not supported. Any value is ignored.
Not supported. Any value is ignored.
Not supported. Any value is ignored.
Buffer Empty Ratio
Bus Inactivity Limit
Disconnect Time Limit
Connect Time Limit
Maximum Burst Size
This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be
transferred without disconnecting. A value of 0 sets no limit. Any value
is in units of 512 bytes. For example, a value of 8 represents 4 Kbytes.
Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple
of 8.
5-76
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–41 Disconnect / Reconnect Page - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
DTDC
Description
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. This field defines further restrictions
for when disconnect is permitted.
DTDC
Description
00b
Data transfer disconnect control is not used. Disconnect is
controlled by the other fields in this page.
01b
Once the data transfer of a command has been started, a target
does not attempt to disconnect until all the data to be
transferred has been transferred.
10b
11b
Reserved.
Once the data transfer of a command has started, a target does
not attempt to disconnect until the command is complete.
If DTDC is a non-zero value and the maximum burst size is non-zero, the
tape drive returns CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST and additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER
LIST.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.4 Control Mode Page (0Ah)
The Control Mode Page provides control over several features such as tagged
queuing, extended contingent allegiance, asynchronous event notification, and
error logging.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Rsv’d
Page Code (0Ah)
1
2
3
4
5
Page Length (06)
Reserved
RLEC
DQue (0)
EAENP
Queue Algorithm Modifier (0)
Reserved
Qerr (0)
UAAENP
(0)
EECA (0)
(MSB)
Reserved
RAENP
(0)
Reserved
6 - 7
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (0)
(LSB)
Figure 5–39 Control Mode Page Format Descriptor - Data Format
5-78
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–42 Control Mode Page Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Description
Field Name
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Page Length
The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode
Page that follow this byte. The valid value for this byte is 06h.
RLEC
Report Log Exception Condition. When set to 1, specifies that the target
will report log exception conditions. When 0, specifies that the target
will not report log exception conditions.
The RLEC bit works in conjunction with the READ / WRITE Error Log
Sense Page, specifically, the TMC bit of the READ / WRITE Error Log
SENSE Page (Page 2 and 3), described earlier in this manual.
The RLEC bit indicates whether the drive should return CHECK
CONDITION status with sense key set to UNIT ATTENTION when one of
the READ and WRITE error counters of the log pages reach a specified
threshold. Thresholds can be modified using LOG SELECT.
Queue Algorithm
Modifier
Must be 0.
Qerr
Queue Error. Must be 0.
DQue
EECA
Disable Queuing. Must be 0.
Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance. Not supported; must be 0.
Ready Asynchronous Event Notification. Not supported; must be 0.
RAENP
UAAENP
Unit Attention Asynchronous Event Notification. Not supported; must be
0.
EAENP
Enable AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not
supported; must be 0.
Ready AEN Holdoff
Period
Not supported; must be 0.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.5 Data Compression Page (0Fh)
The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data
compression. This page allows the user to turn the tape drive’s compressed
format on and off independently of the tape medium’s position. Additionally, it
allows the user to enable or disable decompression of the tape drive compressed
data during WRITE operations.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code (0Fh)
1
2
3
Page Length (0Eh)
DCE
DCC (1)
Reserved
DDE (1)
(MSB)
RED (00)
Reserved
4 - 7
8 - 11
12 - 15
Compression Algorithm (10)
Decompression Algorithm (10)
Reserved
(LSB)
(MSB)
(LSB)
Figure 5–40 Data Compression Page Format Descriptor - Data Format
5-80
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–43 Data Compression Page Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Code
The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred. A
value of 0Fh identifies this as the Data Compression page.
Page Length
DCE
The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Data Compression
page that follow this byte. The valid value for this byte is 0Eh.
Data Compression Enable. This bit specifies whether the tape drive should
enable or disable data compression. When set to 1, the drive starts in
compressed format.
DCC
DDE
Data Compression Capable. This bit is used by the MODE SENSE command to
indicate that the tape drive supports data compression.
Data Decompression Enable. Must be set to 1. When the tape drive reads
compressed data from tape, it automatically decompresses the data before
sending it to the initiator. Data compression must always be enabled.
RED
Report Exception on Decompression. The tape drive does not report exceptions
on decompression (boundaries between compressed and uncompressed data).
The RED field must be 00h.
Compression
Algorithm
The Compression Algorithm field indicates which compression algorithm the
tape drive will use to process data from the initiator when the DCE bit (byte 02,
bit 7) is set to 1. The only value currently supported for this field is 10h.
NOTE: Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the tape drive to
return CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST. However, if
EEPROM parameter EnaRepDecomp is set, the parameter in this field is ignored
and no CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
Decompression
Algorithm
The Decompression Algorithm field indicates which decompression algorithm
the tape drive will use when decompressing data on the tape. The only value
currently supported is 10h.
NOTE: Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the tape drive to
return CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.6 Device Configuration Page (10h)
The Device Configuration Page controls the drive’s behavior on the SCSI bus
and allows an initiator to tune bus performance.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (10h)
Additional Page Length (0Eh)
1
2
Res’d
CAP (0)
CAF (0)
Active Format (0)
3
4
5
Active Partition (0)
Write Buffer Full Ratio
Read Buffer Empty Ratio
(MSB)
6 - 7
Write Delay Time
(LSB)
8
9
DBR (0)
BIS
RSmk (0)
AVC (0)
Gap Size (0)
EEG SEW (1)
SOCF (0)
RBO (0)
REW (0)
10
EOD Defined (0)
Reserved
(MSB)
11 - 13
Buffer Size at Early Warning (0)
(LSB)
14
15
Select Data Compression Algorithm
Reserved
Figure 5–41 Device Configuration Page - Data Format
5-82
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–44 Device Configuration Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page Length This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value
does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that
expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field
with values not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters
are changed as a result of the command.
CAP
Change Active Partition. Not supported; must be 0.
Change Active Format. Not supported; must be 0.
Not supported. Must be 0.
CAF
Active Format
Active Partition
Only partition 0 is supported. Setting this field to any other value causes
rejection by the drive with a CHECK CONDITION status, sense key ILLEGAL
REQUEST set.
Write Buffer Full Ratio
The drive sets this field to 0. The drive uses an automatic adaptive
mechanism to adjust its Full Ratio according to the average data rates
over the SCSI bus.
Read Buffer Empty
Ratio
The drive sets this field to 0. The drive uses an automatic adaptive
mechanism to adjust its Empty Ratio according to the average data rates
over the SCSI bus.
Write Delay Time
This field indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a
partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape (100 ms increments).
The buffer Full/Empty ratio, which is dynamic, can cause data to be
written sooner than the Write Delay Time would indicate. The Write Delay
Time defaults to 200 (C8h). This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20
seconds. Maximum value is 6500 (1964h) and the minimum is 15 (0Fh).
This represents a range from 11 minutes down to 1.5 seconds.
Values between 0 and 15 on a MODE SELECT, are rounded down to 0.
This causes the data to go straight to the medium without delay.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–44 Device Configuration Page - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
DBR
Description
Data Buffer Recovery. Not supported, must be 0.
Block Identifiers Supported. This field is supported. Set to 1.
Report Setmark. Not supported, must be 0.
Automatic Velocity Control. Not supported; must be 0.
Stop on Consecutive Filemarks. Not supported; must be 0.
Recover Buffer Order. Not supported; must be 0.
BIS
RSmk
AVC
SOCF
RBO
REW
Report Early Warning. Not supported; must be 0 (do not report Early
Warning EOM on READ).
Gap Size
EOD Defined
EEG
Not used; must be 0.
End-of-Data Defined. This field must be set to 00h.
Enable End-of-Data Generation. Set to 1. This field indicates that the drive
will generate an EOD. The drive generates an EOD mark before any change
of direction following a WRITE-type operation. This bit is ignored, however,
on MODE SELECT.
SEW
Synchronize at Early Warning. Must be set to 1.
Not supported; must be 0.
Buffer Size at Early
Warning
SEW
Synchronize at Early Warning. Must be set to 1.
When set to 1, enables data compression.
When 0, disables data compression.
Select Data
Compression
Algorithm
The setting on the front panel of the tape drive overrides any setting of
MODE SELECT, but no error will result. If the setting is returned to the
automatic mode on the front panel of the tape drive, the value from the last
MODE SELECT command determines whether compression is enabled or
disabled.
5-84
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.7 Medium Partition Page (11h)
The drive supports the Medium Partitions Parameters Page that is used to
specify the medium partitions.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (11h)
1
2
3
4
5
Additional Page Length (06)
Maximum Additional Partitions (0)
Additional Partitions Defined (0)
FDP (0)
SDP (0)
IDP (0)
PSUM (0)
Medium Format Recognition (01)
Reserved
Reserved
6 - 7
Figure 5–42 Medium Partition Page Format Descriptor - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–45 Medium Partition Page Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page Length
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value
does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that
expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page
field with values not supported or changeable. In such cases, no
parameters are changed as a result of the command.
Maximum Additional
Partitions
Not supported. Must be 0.
Additional Partitions
Defined
Must be 0. This field specifies the number of additional partitions to be
defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits. The
maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional
Partitions field. Only one partition is supported, therefore the value of
the field must be 0.
FDP
Fixed Data Partitions. Must be 0.
SDP
IDP
Select Data Partitions. Must be 0.
Initiator Defined Partitions. Must be 0.
Partition Size Unit of Measure. Must be 0.
PSUM
Medium Format
Recognition
This field is valid for MODE SENSE only, and is set to 01h, indicating
that Medium Format Recognition is supported.
5-86
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.8 TapeAlert Page (1Ch)
The drive supports the TapeAlert Page that is used to set/change the supported
TapeAlert configuration options (use the MODE SENSE command to read the
settings of the TapeAlert page).
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (1Ch)
1
2
3
Additional Page Length (0A)
DExcpt
Perf
Reserved
Test
Rsvd
LogErr
Reserved
MRIE
(MSB)
4 – 7
Interval Timer
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 – 11
Report Count / Test Flag Number
Figure 5–43 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–46 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page
Length
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value does not
include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and
must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT. If
the page length does not match that expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION
status is returned, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not
supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters are changed as a result
of the command.
Pert
Performance bit. Not supported, always = 0.
DExcpt
Disable Information Exception Operations. When this bit = 0, the reporting
method specified by the contents of MRIE is selected. When this bit = 1 (its
default setting), all information exception operations are disabled and the
contents of the MRIE field are ignored. When in this mode, the TapeAlert Log
page is polled by the software. To enable CHECK CONDITION mode, DExcpt
should = 0.
Test
Test Bit. Not supported.
Error Log. Not supported
LogErr
5-88
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–46 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
MRIE
Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions. The tape drive uses the
contents of this field to report information about exception conditions. Three
methods are available:
Value - Method
00h - No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions. The device server
does not report information exception conditions.
03h - Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. The device server reports
informational exception conditions, if such reports of recovered errors is
allowed, by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command
(except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands) following detection of the
condition. The Sense Key is set to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense
code of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event). The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION
completes without error prior to the report of any exception condition, and does
not need to be repeated.
06h - Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request. The device
server preserves information exception data. To access the data, a poll can be
taken by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command. The Sense Key is set
to NO SENSE with an additional sense code of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event).
The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals that a
TapeAlert event has occurred. Information about the event is stored in the
TapeAlert Log Page. The setting of MRIE does not impact logging of events in
the TapeAlert Log Page.
Interval Timer
Not supported.
Not supported.
Report Count /
Test Flag
Number
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.9 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page (3Eh)
The drive supports a vendor unique page that enables a user to modify savable
parameters. Only one savable parameter may be changed per Mode Select
command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS
Rsv’d
Page Code (3Eh)
1
2
Additional Page Length
ASCII String of Parameter Name and Value
Figure 5–44 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page - Data Format
The ASCII string has a parameter name, followed by one or more space
characters, a parameter value, and an ASCII line feed or null character. When
the string is parsed, the parameter value is interpreted as shown in the following
table. Note that the parameter name may be in upper or lower case. The savable
parameters are saved over resets and power cycles.
5-90
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
QUANTUM
DLT 7000
Length Usage
(Bytes)
VENDORID
PRODUCTID
CACHETMS
ASCII
8
16
1
Vendor Identification field in INQUIRY
Data
ASCII
Product Identification field in INQUIRY
Data
ASCII
Decimal
0
0,1 = Do not cache filemarks unless
IMMED bit is set (if set)
2 = Cache if not two in a row unless
IMMED bit is 1.
3 = Always cache filemarks.
DEFAULTCOMPON
ASCII
Binary
1
1
0 = Compression defaulted OFF at
power-up/reset
1 = Compression defaulted ON at power-
up/reset
DEFIXEDBLKEN
DEFSEW
ASCII
Decimal
0
1
0
8
1
1
Default fixed block size
ASCII
Binary
To set default SEW parameter.
DISDEFERCLNRPT
ASCII
Binary
When set, a cleaning report is sent over
the library port as soon as the cleaning
light illuminates. If this parameter = 0,
then the report is sent only at unload.
DISLDRAUTODMC
DISUNBUFMODE
ASCII
Binary
1
0
1
1
To partially disable sequential loading
with loader if any media loader command
has been received.
ASCII
Binary
The drive disables unbuffered mode, i.e.,
it ignores the MODE SELECT “buffered
mode” selection to turn off buffered
mode (if set).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
ENACLNGLTRPT
ENAGRANULARITY
ENAINITSYNCNEG
ENALDRAUTOLD
ENAMODEPG22
ENAPARERRRETRY
ENAREPDECOMP
ASCII
Binary
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
To report error status if cleaning indicator
is on.
ASCII
Binary
Enables granularity field in READ BLOCK
LIMITS command.
ASCII
Binary
To enable target-initiated synchronous
negotiation, if set.
ASCII
Binary
To turn on/off sequential loading with
loader.
ASCII
Binary
To enable vendor unique Data
Compression (Status Mode Page)
ASCII
Binary
To turn on/off parity error retry feature
ASCII
Binary
If set and the drive is in READ mode, the
decompression algorithm field in Data
Compression mode will be reset if the last
block requested by the host was
decompressed, otherwise it is cleared.
ENAREQACKACTNEG
ENASCSIFILTER
ASCII
Binary
1
1
0
1
1
1
Enables active negation on REQ and ACK
signals.
ASCII
Binary
Enables SCSI filter on SCSI chip.
ENASCSIUNLONPMR
ASCII
Binary
When set, enables a SCSI Unload when a
previous Prevent Media Removal
command is in effect
ENATHIRDPTYDENS
ASCII
Binary
1
1
To make non-DLT density code act as the
default density (same as density code 0),
if set.
5-92
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
ENBINQMEDCHGR
ASCII
0
1
0 = Disable media changer bit
Binary
1 = Enable media changer bit in byte 6 of
INQUIRY data (set if drive is in a media
changer device)
FORCECOMP
ASCII
Binary
0
0
1
1
0 = automatic 2
1 = Always compress unless front panel
selection disables it
FORCEDENSITY 1
ASCII
Decimal
0 = automatic 2
1 = DLT 260
2 = DLT 600
3 = DLT 2000
4 = DLT 4000
5 = DLT 2000XT
6 = DLT 7000
FORCEEEREBUILD
ASCII
Binary
0
1
To force all the EEPROM parameters to
reset to default, if set. WARNING: This
causes all Log Sense history to be reset
and may cause power-on hours entry to
be reset.
FORCEREADSILI
ASCII
Binary
0
0
1
1
To make variable READ command
handled as if the SILI bit is set if set.
HOSTCOMPSETTING
ASCII
Decimal
This parameter allows the host to change
the compression setting. Note that there
is a tradeoff between best performance
and best compression; if the compression
setting is 1 it provides the best
performance but the worst level of
compression. If the compression setting is
3, it provides lowest performance but
maximum compression. Settings for the
HOSTCOMPSETTING parameter are:
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
HOSTCOMPSETTING
(continued)
0 = Use default compression setting (use
with PERFMODE set to 1 for best
performance with DLT 7000 tape drive
with 4MB cache)
1= Set compression setting for best
performance
2 = Set compression setting for best
compromise of performance and
compression
3 = Set compression setting for best
compression
Default compression settings are:
- Drive with an 8 MB cache, compression
= 1
- Drive with a 4 MB cache, compression
setting depends on the PERFMODE
parameter. If : PERFMODE = 0, the
compression setting is 5; PERFMODE =
1, the compression setting is 1
LDRCYCLRESET
ASCII
Binary
0
1
To cause the first cartridge to be loaded if
unloading the last cartridge when the
loader product is operated in sequential
mode (if set).
LOADERLUN
ASCII
Decimal
1
1
1
1
1 - 7 = LUN to report media loader
device on.
LONGXPORTPAGE
ASCII
Binary
To report 18 or 6 bytes medium transport
element status descriptor if parameter is
on or off.
5-94
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
MAXBURSTSIZE
ASCII
0080h
2
The value in this field specifies the
Binary
maximum amount of data to be
transferred without disconnecting. A
value of 0 sets no limit. This value is given
in 512 byte increments. For example, a
value of 8 indicates 4K bytes. Values that
are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to
the nearest multiple of 8. Minimum value
of this field is 0000h, maximum is FFFFh.
NODEFERRCVDERR
NODISCONFXDBLK
ASCII
Binary
0
1
1
1
The drive reports deferred recovered error
as current recovered error (if set).
ASCII
Binary
To turn on/off feature that prevents
disconnecting on every fixed block data
transfer
NORDYUAONUNLD
PERFMODE
ASCII
Binary
0
1
1
1
When set, Not Ready to Ready unit
attention will be removed from the unit
attention queue upon a successful
unload.
ASCII
Binary
When set, the drive is tuned for
performance.
When cleared, the drive is tuned for
capacity.
The default for 4 MB cache tape drives is
1 (performance mode). In performance
mode, compression is turned off to keep
the drive streaming, thus improving
performance. If PERFMODE is 0 on 4 MB
cache tape drives, then compression is
turned on, resulting in better capacity.
PERFMODE is ignored by 8 MB cache tape
drives.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
PROTECTDIRONWP
ASCII
0
1
To protect tape directory if the cartridge
Binary
write-protect switch is in its write protect
position.
REDUNDANCYMODE
REPBUSYINPROG
ASCII
Decimal
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Sets the value of the allowed maximum
marginal channel (0 or 1 allowed).
ASCII
Binary
When set, report busy status if the drive is
in the process of becoming ready.
REPORTRCVDPERRS
REPORTRCVRDERR
ASCII
Binary
To report recovered error if parity error
has been retried successfully, if set.
ASCII
Binary
This parameter sets the default value of
PER bit of READ / WRITE Error Recovery
Mode page (01h).
REPUAONSEQUNLD
REWINDONRESET
ASCII
Binary
0
1
1
1
When set, the drive reports a Not Ready to
Ready Unit Attention when an autoloader
loads the next cartridge
ASCII
Binary
0 = Do not rewind on BUS RESET or BDR
message (CAUTION: May have partial
block data written to tape if reset occurs
during WRITE).
1 = Rewind the tape medium to BOT on
reset.
SCSIBUSDMATIMER
ASCII
Decimal
2
1
The number of seconds until the drive
times out waiting for ACK once DMA
transfer started. When set to 0, the timer
is set to infinite.
SCSIINQVS
ASCII
Binary
0
0
1
1
To return vendor unique inquiry string, if
set.
SCSIRDYEARLY
ASCII
Binary
The drive reports READY status earlier (if
set).
5-96
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
Table 5–47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters (continued)
Name
Value
Rep.
Default
Length Usage
(Bytes)
SCSIRESELRETRIES
ASCII
10
1
The number of reselection retries the drive
Decimal
makes before giving up. Each reselection
retry occurs every 1 second. When set to
0, the drive does infinite reselection
retries.
SCSIRESRELNOP
SETEOMATBOM
SETEOMATEW
ASCII
Binary
0
0
0
1
1
1
SCSI Reserve / Release Unit commands are
no operation (if set).
ASCII
Binary
Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request Sense
data when encountering BOM
ASCII
Binary
Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request Sense
data when encountering Early Warning
end of media for all operations
THIRDPARTYDEN
ASCII
Decimal
0
1
Value of default third party density.
Requires ENATHIRDPARTYDENS = 1
1 Applied to DLTtape III format tape for DLT260 tape drive, DLT600 tape drive and DLT2000XT tape
drive. Applied to DLTtape IV format tape for DLT 4000 and DLT 7000 tape drive.
2 Parameter is not forced to a special format. Instead it is determined by the parameters selected via
MODE SELECT.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
As an example of an EEPROM vendor unique page, the figure below shows a
page that will modify the VENDORID parameter to “XXXYY.”
0
1
0
0
Page Code (3Eh)
Page Length (0Fh)
“v”
“e”
“n”
“d”
“o”
“r”
(76h)
2
(65h)
(6Eh)
3
4
(64h)
5
(6Fh)
6
(72h)
7
“i”
(69h)
8
“d”
“ ”
(64h)
9
(20h)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
“X”
“X”
“X”
“Y”
“Y”
(58h)
(58h)
(58h)
(59h)
(59h)
<LF>
(A0h) or (00h)
Figure 5–45 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page “Vendor ID” Sample - Data Format
5-98
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
An example follows that illustrates an EEPROM vendor unique page that
modifies the FORCEDENSITY parameter to 4.
0
1
0
0
Page Code (3Eh)
Page Length (0Fh)
2
3
“F”
“O”
“R”
“C”
“E”
“D”
“E”
“N”
“S”
“I”
(46h)
(4Fh)
(52h)
(43h)
(45h)
(44h)
(45h)
(4Eh)
(53h)
(49h)
(54h)
(59h)
(20h)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
“T”
“Y”
“ ”
“4” (ASCII) (34h)
<LF> (A0h) or (00h)
Figure 5–46 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page “Forced Density” Example - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SELECT (6) / (10) Command (15h) / (55h) (continued)
5.9.10
Changeable Parameters within MODE SELECT
The table below lists the MODE SELECT command’s changeable parameters
and their default, minimum, and maximum values. Descriptions of the various
parameters are provided in the discussions of the different mode pages within
MODE SELECT. Note that parameter rounding is supported for all parameters
except for the block descriptor length.
Table 5–48 Changeable Mode Parameters within MODE SELECT
Page: Parameter
Default
1
Minimum
Maximum
Header: Buffered Mode, Device Specific Byte
Block Descriptor Length
0
1
08h
00h
08h
Block Descriptor: Block Length
2.0 GB and 6.0 GB Mode
0
0
40000h
10.0 GB and 20.0 GB Mode
0
0
FFFFFEh
35.0 GB and 70 GB Mode
0
0
FFFFFEh
READ / WRITE Error Recovery (01h): PER bit
Control Mode (0Ah): RLEC
0
0
1
0
0
1
Data Compression (0Fh): DCE
1
0080h
0
0
1
Disconnect / Reconnect (02h): Maximum Burst Size
Disconnect / Reconnect (02h): DTDC
Device Configuration (10h): WRITE Delay Time
Device Configuration (10h): SEW
0000h
FFFFh
0
Fh
0
3
C8h
1
1964h
1
1
Device Configuration (10h): Select Data Compression
Algorithm
1
0
5-100
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.10 MODE SENSE (6) / (10) COMMAND (1Ah / 5Ah)
The MODE SENSE command allows the drive to report its media type, and
current, or changeable configuration parameters to the host. It is a
complementary command to MODE SELECT.
The command descriptor block for the 6-byte MODE SENSE (1Ah) is shown
below. An illustration of the command descriptor block for the 10-byte MODE
SENSE (5Ah) follows on the next page.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Operation Code (1Ah)
Logical Unit Number
PC
Rsv’d
DBD
Reserved
Page Code
Reserved
Allocation Length
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–47 MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
The 10-byte MODE SENSE command is required to request the Vendor-Unique
EEPROM parameter page due to the large amount of data that parameter page
contains. MODE SENSE (10) can be used to retrieve the other pages as well.
Note that MODE SENSE (10) returns descriptor data in a different format than
MODE SENSE (6).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (5Ah)
1
2
Logical Unit Number
PC
Rsv’d
DBD
Reserved
Page Code
3 - 6
7 - 8
9
Reserved
(MSB)
Allocation Length
Reserved
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–48 MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-102
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–49 MODE SENSE Control Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
DBD
Disable Block Descriptors. If 0, device returns the block descriptor
data. If set to 1, block descriptor information is not returned.
PC
Page Control. The Page Control field indicates the type of page
parameter values to be returned to the host.
PC Description
00 Report Current Values
01 Report Changeable Values
10 Report Default Values
11 Report Saved Values
Page Code
This field allows the host to select any specific page or all of the
pages supported by the drive.
Allocation Length
This field specifies the number of bytes that the host has allocated for
returned MODE SENSE data. An allocation length of zero indicates
that the drive will return no MODE SENSE data. This is not considered
an error, and GOOD status is returned.
MODE SENSE may be either MODE SENSE (6) or MODE SENSE (10). MODE
SENSE (6) data contains a 4-byte header followed by one 8-byte block descriptor,
followed by zero or more variable length pages, depending on the Page Code and
Allocation Length.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.1 MODE SENSE Data Headers
The MODE SENSE (6) and MODE SENSE (10) headers are illustrated in the
following figures.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Mode Sense Data Length
Media Type
1
2
3
WP
Buffered Mode
Speed (0)
Block Descriptor Length (08h)
Figure 5–49 MODE SENSE (6) Data Header - Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0 - 1
2
Mode Sense Data Length
Media Type
(LSB)
3
WP
Buffered Mode
Speed (0)
4 - 5
Reserved
(MSB)
6 - 7
Block Descriptor Length (08h)
(LSB)
Figure 5–50 MODE SENSE (10) Data Header - Data Format
5-104
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–50 MODE SENSE Data Header - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Mode Sense Data
Length
This field specifies the length (in bytes) of the MODE SENSE data that is
available to be transferred during the DATA IN phase. Note that the
Mode Sense Data Length does not include itself.
Media Type
The media type is determined by the drive and can be one of the
following:
Media Type - Description
00h - Unknown or not present
81h - Cleaning tape
82h - DLTtape I or DLTtape II
83h - DLTtape III
84h - DLTtape IIIxt
85h - DLTtape IV
WP
Write Protect. If 0, this field indicates that the tape is write-enabled. If set
to 1, it indicates that the tape is write-protected.
Buffered Mode
This mode implements Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands via
the Buffered Mode.
If the field is 0, then the drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE
commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape.
If the field is 1, then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands
as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer. This is the
default configuration of the drive. Note that if Buffered Mode is not
used, the tape drive will suffer a degradation in performance, but not in
capacity.
Speed
The tape drive supports only one speed. This is the default speed (0).
Block Descriptor Length This field specifies the length (in bytes) of all of the block descriptors.
Since the drive only supports one block descriptor, this value is 08h.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.2 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor
The following figure describes the MODE SENSE block descriptor that follows
the MODE SENSE header. Descriptions of the MODE SENSE blocks are
provided in Table 5-51.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Density Code
(MSB)
1 - 3
4
Number of Blocks (000000h)
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
5 - 7
Block Length
Figure 5–51 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor - Data Format
5-106
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–51 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Density Code The contents of this field match the density of the media, or 0 if the density is
unknown:
Density Code
00h
Description
Use default density.
0Ah
6667 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3B5/86-199 (read only).
10000 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3.193-1990 (read only).
16h
17h
42500 bpi MFM serial cartridge tape X3B5/91- 2.6 GB (DLTtape III
only).
18h
19h
1Ah
Same as 17h, but with 56 track pairs vs. 24 - 6.0 GB (DLTtape III
only).
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 10.0 GB (DLTtape
III only) /15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIxt only)
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape
IV only)
1Bh
85937 bpi, 52 quad pairs, serial cartridge tape - 35.0 GB
The density codes above are the preferred codes used to define density.
Additionally, the codes listed below may be used, though use of the Data
Compression Page is preferred (these codes are only returned if they were set using
the MODE SELECT command; note that the codes may be different than the code
set using MODE SELECT if the selection was made while the tape was not at BOT):
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
85h
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 10.0 GB (DLTtape III)
/15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIxt) without compression
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape III)
/30.0 GB (DLTtape IIIxt) with compression
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape IV)
without compression
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape - 40 GB (DLTtape IV) with
compression
85937 bpi, 52 quad tracks, serial cartridge tape - 35 GB without
compression
85937 bpi, 52 quad tracks, serial cartridge tape - 70 GB with
compression
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–51 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Number of
Blocks
This field is sent as 0, indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape
have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor.
Block Length This field specifies the length (in bytes) of each logical block transferred over the
SCSI bus. A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable (as specified in the
I/O command). Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block that are
used for READ, WRITE, and VERIFY type commands that specify a fixed bit of 1
(fixed block mode).
5.10.3 MODE SENSE Mode Pages
The following figure depicts the variable length page descriptor.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS
0
Page Code
1
2
Additional Page Length
Page Defined or Vendor-Unique Parameter Bytes
Figure 5–52 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor - Data Format
Descriptions of the MODE SENSE page descriptor fields are provided in the
following table. Detailed descriptions of each of the MODE SENSE Pages follow.
5-108
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–52 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. When 0, the supported parameters cannot be saved
(savable pages are not supported). When set to 1, it indicates that the page
can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive.
Additional
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this value does
Page Length not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must
subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT.
Page codes and pages that are supported are:
Page Code Description
SENSE / SELECT Section
00h
01h
02h
0Ah
0Fh
10h
11h
1Ch
3Eh
3Fh
No Requested Page
SENSE
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
BOTH
---
READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page
Disconnect / Reconnect Page
Control Mode Page
5.10.3.1
5.10.3.2
5.10.3.3
5.10.3.4
5.10.3.5
5.10.3.6
5.10.3.7
5.10.3.8
---
Data Compression Page
Device Configuration Page
Medium Partition Page
TapeAlert Page
EEPROM Vendor Unique Page
All Pages (Except EEPROM)
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.1 READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page (01h)
The tape drive supports the Error Recovery Page for READ and WRITE
operations. The format for the page is illustrated in the following figure.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (01h)
1
2
3
Additional Page Length (0Ah)
Rsv’d
Rsv’d
TB
Rsv’d
EER
PER
DTE (0)
DCR (0)
READ Retry Count
Reserved
4 - 7
8
WRITE Retry Count
Reserved
9 - 11
Figure 5–53 Read / Write Error Recovery Page - Data Format
5-110
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–53 Read / Write Error Recovery Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. Must be 0, the supported parameters cannot be
saved (savable pages are not supported).
Additional Page
Length
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this value
does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on MODE SENSE
and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE
SELECT.
TB
Transfer Block. The Transfer Block (when not fully recovered) function is
not supported.
EER
PER
Enable Early Recovery. This function is always enabled (must be = 1).
Parity Error. This bit enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION for recovered
READ / WRITE errors. Default is 0.
DTE
Disable Transfer on Error. Set to 0. This feature is not supported.
Disable ECC Correction Bit. Set to 0. This feature is not supported.
DCR
READ Retry Count
This field reports the maximum number of re-reads that are attempted
before declaring an unrecoverable error.
WRITE Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that are
attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.2 DISCONNECT / RECONNECT Page (02h)
The tape drive supports the DISCONNECT / RECONNECT Page. The format for
the page is illustrated in the following figure.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
PS
Page Code (02h)
Additional Page Length (0Eh)
2
3
Buffer Full Ratio (0)
Buffer Empty Ratio (0)
(MSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
4 - 5
6 - 7
Bus Inactivity Limit (0)
Disconnect Time Limit (0)
Connect Time Limit (0)
Maximum Burst Size
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
8 - 9
10 - 11
12
Reserved
DTDC
13 – 15
Reserved
Figure 5–54 Disconnect / Reconnect Page - Data Format
5-112
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–54 Disconnect / Reconnect Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. When 0, the supported parameters cannot be saved
(savable pages are not supported). When set to 1, it indicates that the
page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive.
Additional Page Length
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this value
does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on MODE SENSE
and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing
MODE SELECT.
Buffer Full Ratio
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Buffer Empty Ratio
Bus Inactivity Limit
Disconnect Time Limit
Connect Time Limit
Maximum Burst Size
The value in this field specifies the maximum amount of data to be
transferred without disconnecting. A value of 0 sets no limit. This value
is given in 512 byte increments. For example, a value of 8 indicates 4K
bytes. Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the nearest
multiple of 8.
DTDC
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. The value in this field specifies the
restriction when a disconnect is permitted.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.3 Control Mode Page (0Ah)
The Control Mode Page allows the user to determine whether the tape drive
returns a CHECK CONDITION status when one of the WRITE and READ
counters has reached a specified threshold.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
Page Code (0Ah)
1
2
3
4
5
Page Length (06)
Reserved
RLEC
DQue (0)
EAENP
Queue Algorithm Modifier (0)
Reserved
Qerr (0)
UAAENP
(0)
EECA (0)
(MSB)
Reserved
RAENP
(0)
Reserved
6 - 7
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (0)
(LSB)
Figure 5–55 Control Mode Page - Data Format
5-114
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–55 Control Mode Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Page Length
The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the Control
Mode Page being transferred. The value for this byte is 06h.
RLEC
Report Log Exception Condition. This bit indicates whether the tape
drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to UNIT
ATTENTION (06h) when one of its WRITE and READ error counters
reaches a specified threshold, as follows:
0 = Do not return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold has been met.
1 = Return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold is met.
Queue Algorithm Modifier
Must be 0.
Qerr
Queue Error. Must be 0.
Dque
EECA
RAENP
Disable Queuing. Must be 0.
Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance. Not supported; must be 0.
Ready AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not
supported; must be 0.
UAAENP
EAENP
Unit Attention AEN Permission. Not supported; must be 0.
Enable AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not
supported; must be 0.
Ready AEN Holdoff Period
Not supported. Must be 0.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.4 Data Compression Page (0Fh)
The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data
compression.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Rsv’d
Page Code (0Fh)
1
2
3
Page Length (0E)
DCE
DCC
Reserved
DDE (0)
(MSB)
RED (0)
Reserved
4 - 7
8 - 11
12 - 15
Compression Algorithm
Decompression Algorithm
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
Figure 5–56 Data Compression Page - Data Format
5-116
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–56 Data Compression Page - Field Descriptions
Description
Field Name
PS
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.
Page Length
The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode
Page being transferred. The value for this byte is 0Eh.
DCE
DCC
DDE
Data Compression Enable. The value returned for this bit depends on the
current WRITE density of the tape drive:
0 = Write compression is Disabled
1 = Write compression is Enabled
Data Compression Capable. The value returned for this bit indicates
whether this tape drive supports data compression:
0 = Data Compression is disabled
1 = Data Compression is enabled
Data Decompression Enable. The value returned for this bit indicates
whether data decompression is enabled or not.
0 = Data Decompression is Disabled
1 = Data Decompression is Enabled
Note that when the tape drive reads compressed data from tape, it
automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator.
The value for this bit, therefore, is always 1.
RED
Report Exception on Decompression. The tape drive does not report
exceptions on decompression (boundaries between compressed and
decompressed data). The value returned for RED is 00h.
Compression
Algorithm
The value for this field is 10h. This indicates the Lempel-Ziv high
efficiency data compression algorithm.
Decompression
Algorithm
The value for this field is 10h. This indicates the Lempel-Ziv high
efficiency data decompression algorithm. If EEPROM parameter
EnaRepDCcomp is set, a value of 0 is reported if the last block read is not
decompressed.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.5 Device Configuration Page (10h)
The tape drive supports the Device Configuration Page. The format for the page
is illustrated in the following figure.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (10h)
Additional Page Length (0Eh)
Active Format (0)
1
2
Rsv’d
CAP (0)
CAF (0)
3
Active Partition (0)
4
5
WRITE Buffer Full Ratio (0)
READ Buffer Empty Ratio (0)
(MSB)
WRITE Delay Time
6 - 7
(LSB)
8
9
DBR (0)
BIS (0)
RSmk
AVC (0)
SOCF (0)
RBO (0)
REW (0)
Gap Size (0)
10
EOD Defined (0)
EEG (1)
SEW (1)
Reserved
(MSB)
11 - 13
Buffer Size at Early Warning (0)
(LSB)
14
15
Select Data Compression Algorithm
Reserved
Figure 5–57 Device Configuration Page - Data Format
5-118
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–57 Device Configuration Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.
Additional Page Length
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on
MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT.
CAP
Change Active Partition. Not supported.
Change Active Format. Not supported.
Not supported.
CAF
Active Format
Active Partition
This field indicates the current logical partition number in use. Only
partition 0 is supported.
WRITE Buffer Full Ratio
READ Buffer Empty Ratio
WRITE Delay Time
Indicates how full the buffer should be before restarting writing to
the medium. The tape drive sets this to 0 (unused) since it uses an
automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its ratio
according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus.
Indicates how empty the buffer should be before restarting reading
from the medium. The tape drive sets this to 0 (unused) since it uses
an automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its ratio
according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus.
Indicates the maximum time (in 100 ms increments) the drive waits
with a partially fully buffer before forcing the data to tape. Note that
the buffer full/empty ratio, which is dynamic, can cause data to be
written sooner than the WRITE delay time value indicates. The WRITE
delay time defaults to 200 ms (C8h). This causes the buffer to be
flushed in 20 seconds. Minimum value is 15 (Fh); maximum value is
6500 (1964h). This represents a range in delay from 1.5 seconds to
11 minutes.
DBR
BIS
Data Buffer Recovery. Not supported, must be 0.
Block Identifiers Supported. Set to 1.
RSmk
AVC
Report Setmarks. Not supported, must be 0.
Automatic Velocity Control. Set to 0.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–57 Device Configuration Page - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
SOCF
Description
Stop on Consecutive Filemarks. Set to 0.
Recover Buffer Order. Set to 0.
RBO
REW
Report Early Warning. Set to 0 (do not report early warning EOM on
reads).
Gap Size
EOD Defined
EEG
Not supported. Set to 0.
End of Data. Set to 00h.
Enable EOD Generation Bit. Set to 1 to indicate that the drive
generates an EOD. The drive generates an EOD mark before any
change of direction following a WRITE-type operation.
SEW
Synchronize at Early Warning. Set to 1.
Not supported; must be 0.
Buffer Size at Early
Warning
Select Data Compression
Algorithm
If set to 1, data compression is enabled. If 0, data compression is
disabled.
5-120
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.6 Medium Partition Page (11h)
The tape drive supports the Medium Partition Page. The format for the page is
illustrated in the following figure.
Bit
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS (0)
Page Code (11h)
1
2
3
4
5
Additional Page Length (06h)
Maximum Additional Partitions (0)
Additional Partitions Defined (0)
FDP (0)
SDP (0)
IDP (0)
PSUM (0)
Reserved
Medium Format Recognition (01h)
Reserved
6 - 7
Figure 5–58 Medium Partition Page - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–58 Medium Partition Page - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.
Additional Page Length
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on MODE
SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT.
Maximum Additional
Partitions
Not supported. Must be 0.
Additional Partitions
Defined
This field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined
for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits. The
maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional
Partitions field. Since only one partition is supported, this field must
be 0.
FDP
Fixed Data Partitions. Must be 0.
SDP
IDP
Select Data Partitions. Must be 0.
Initiator Defined Patrons. Must be 0.
PSUM
Partition Size Unit of Measure. Must be 0.
Set to 01h, indicating that automatic format recognition is supported.
Medium Format
Recognition
5-122
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.7 TapeAlert Page (1Ch)
The TapeAlert configuration settings can be read via the MODE SENSE
command’s TapeAlert Page.
Bit
Byte
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
PS (0)
Page Code (1Ch)
Additional Page Length (0A)
DExcpt
2
Perf
Reserved
Test
Rsvd
LogErr
3
Reserved
MRIE
(MSB)
4 – 7
8 – 11
Interval Timer
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
Report Count / Test Flag Number
Figure 5–59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
PS
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.
Additional Page
Length
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value does
not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that expected
by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST.
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values
not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters are changed as
a result of the command.
Perf
Performance bit. Not supported.
DExcpt
Disable Information Exception Operations. When this bit = 0, the reporting
method specified by the contents of MRIE is selected. When this bit = 1, all
information exception operations are disabled and the contents of the MRIE
field are ignored. When in this mode, the TapeAlert Log page is polled by
the software. To enable CHECK CONDITION mode, DExcpt should = 0.
Test
Not Supported.
LogErr
Error Log. Not Supported.
5-124
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
Table 5–59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
MRIE
Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions. The tape drive uses the
contents of this field to report information about exception conditions.
Three methods are available:
Value Method
00h
No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions. The device
server does not report information exception conditions.
03h
Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. The device server reports
informational exception conditions, if such reports of recovered
errors is allowed, by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the
next SCSI command (except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE
commands) following detection of the condition. The Sense Key is
set to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense code of 5D 00
(TapeAlert Event). The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION
completes without error prior to the report of any exception
condition, and does not need to be repeated.
06h
Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request. The
device server preserves information exception data. To access the
data, a poll can be taken by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE
command. The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with an additional
sense code of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event).
The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals
that a TapeAlert has occurred. Information about the event is
stored in the TapeAlert Log Page. The setting of MRIE does not
impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log Page.
Interval Timer
Not Supported.
Not Supported.
Report Count /
Test Flag
Number
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
MODE SENSE (6) / (10) Command (1Ah / 5Ah) (continued)
5.10.3.8 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page (3Eh)
The tape drive supports the EEPROM vendor unique page (3Eh). All the
EEPROM parameters that are set via the MODE SELECT EEPROM Vendor
Unique page are returned.
NOTE
Because of the length of the parameter list, use MODE SENSE (10)
instead of MODE SENSE (6) to retrieve EEPROM parameters.
Because of the length of the list of EEPROM parameters, a 10-byte MODE
SENSE command is required. If a 6-byte MODE SENSE command is used for
retrieval, the data is returned as follows:
Send a 10-byte MODE SENSE command to get the Parameter List.
The data returned by the 10-byte MODE SENSE command for the EEPROM page
is in the form of a MODE SENSE (10) data header followed by block and page
descriptors.
The data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter header
followed by the actual parameter’s value. The parameter is as follows:
Name T Current Default Minimum Maximum
Name refers to the parameter name, for example, PRODUCTID or
DEFAULTCOMPON.
T designates data type: “b” indicates binary, “A” indicates string type, and if
there is no designator, the data is in decimal.
Current, Default, Minimum, and Maximum specify the current, default, minimum,
and maximum values of the parameter.
5-126
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.11 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL COMMAND (1Eh)
This command enables or disables the unloading of the tape cartridge.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Eh)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
2 - 3
Reserved
Reserved
4
5
Prevent
Link
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Figure 5–60 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block -
Data Format
Table 5–60 PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Descriptor Block -
Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Prevent
When set to 1, the UNLOAD button on the drive’s front panel is effectively
disabled, and the UNLOAD command does not unload the tape medium or the
cartridge. The PREVENT / ALLOW status in the device is maintained separately by
each initiator.
When set to 0, the prevent state corresponding to that initiator is cleared. When all
initiators have cleared their prevent states, the UNLOAD button and UNLOAD
commands are enabled. By default, after power up, a hard reset, or Bus Device
Reset message, the prevent medium removal function is cleared.
If a Media Loader device is present, its MOVE MEDIUM command is prevented
from removing a cartridge if PREVENT has been enabled.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.12 READ COMMAND (08h)
This command transfers one or more data blocks or bytes to the initiator
starting with the next block on the tape.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (08h)
Reserved
1
Logical Unit Number
SILI
Flag
Fixed
(MSB)
2 - 4
5
Transfer Length
Reserved
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Figure 5–61 READ Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–61 READ Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
SILI
Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator. If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the Fixed bit is set to
1, the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set
to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
If the SILI bit is 0 and the actual block length is different than the specified transfer
length, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned. Within the sense data, the Incorrect
Length Indicator (ILI) bit and Valid bit will be set to 1. The sense key field specifies
NO SENSE. The information bytes are set to the difference (residue) between the
requested transfer length and the actual block length., or, in Fixed Block mode, the
difference (residue) between the requested number of blocks and the actual number
of blocks read. No more than transfer length blocks are transferred to the initiator
and the tape is logically positioned after the block (EOM side).
5-128
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ Command (08h)
Table 5–61 READ Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Fixed
Description
This bit specifies whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be transferred,
and gives meaning to the Transfer Length field of the READ command.
When set to 0, variable-block mode is requested. A single block is transferred with
the Transfer Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the initiator has
allocated for the returned data.
When the Fixed bit is set to 1, the Transfer Length specifies the number of blocks to
be transferred to the initiator. This is valid only if the logical unit is currently
operating in Fixed Block mode.
When the Transfer Length is 0, no data is transferred and the current position on the
logical unit does not change. This is not an error condition.
A successful READ with Fixed bit set to 1 transfers (current block length) x (# of
blocks x block size) bytes of data to the host. Upon termination of READ, the
medium is logically positioned after the last block of data transferred (EOM).
Note that a READ command in fixed mode with an odd number of blocks returns a
CHECK CONDITION: the DLT 7000 tape drive does not support odd block number
transfers.
Filemark, End-of-Data, and End-of-Medium/Partition Handling
If the tape drive reads a Filemark, it returns a CHECK CONDITION status.
Within the sense data, the Filemark and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key
field is set to NO SENSE. The information fields contain the residue count. The
Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to
FILEMARK DETECTED. Upon termination, the medium is logically positioned
after the Filemark.
If the drive detects End-of-Data (EOD) during a READ, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status. Within the sense data, the Valid bit is set and the
Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK. The End-of-Medium (EOM) bit may be
set if the drive determines that the tape is positioned past the PSEN marker. The
information fields contain the residue count. The Additional Sense Code
Qualifier fields are set. Upon termination, the medium is physically positioned
before EOD and after the last block on tape.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ Command (08h)
The meaning of EOD is different for a READ command than for a WRITE-related
command. EOM is reported only when the physical EOM or End-of-Partition
(EOP) is encountered. The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status. The
EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR. The
information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and
Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P DETECTED. The tape
is physically positioned at EOM/P.
If any READ command cannot be successfully completed, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status. Further commands should attempt to move past
the anomaly and to complete successfully.
5-130
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.13 READ BLOCK LIMITS COMMAND (05h)
The READ BLOCK LIMITS command directs the tape drive to report it’s block
length limits.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
Operation Code (05h)
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown below is sent during the DATA IN
phase of the command. The command does not reflect the currently selected
block size, only the available limits. MODE SENSE is the command that returns
the current block size.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
(MSB)
(MSB)
1 - 3
4 - 5
Maximum Block Length
(LSB)
(LSB)
Minimum Block Length (0001h)
Figure 5–63 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ BLOCK LIMITS Command (05h) (continued)
In SCSI-3 configurations, Byte 0 appears as shown below:
0
Reserved
Granularity
The Granularity field is described in the table below.
Table 5–62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Granularity (SCSI-3 Only)
This field indicates the supported block size granularity. The DLT
7000 tape drive supports all block sizes n such that n minus the
minimum block length limit is a multiple of 2x (where x is the value in
the Granularity bits), and n is greater than or equal to the Minimum
Block Length Limit and less than or equal to the Maximum Block Size
Limit. For the DLT 7000 system, the content of the Granularity field is
1 (since block sizes must be a multiple of 2; 21 = 2).
For backward compatibility, the DLT 7000 will process requests that
do not meet Granularity criteria, except for Odd-byte Multiple Block
Fixed Block WRITE commands when connected to a Wide (16-bit)
SCSI bus.
Maximum Block Length
Minimum Block Length
The value in this field indicates the maximum block size. The tape
drive supports a maximum block length of 16,777,215 (16 MB-2) for
10, 20, or 35 GB format. A maximum block length of 256 K bytes is
supported for 2.6 GB or 6.0 GB formats.
The value in this field indicates the minimum block size. The tape
drive supports a minimum block length of 2 bytes.
5-132
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.14 READ BUFFER COMMAND (3Ch)
The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with WRITE BUFFER as a
diagnostic function for testing the drive’s data buffer for possible diagnostic data
and for checking the integrity of the SCSI bus. In addition, by using buffers 1
and 2, the READ BUFFER command allows the contents of the tape system’s
local RAM/EEPROM, and DRAM to be transferred over the SCSI bus. Buffers 1
and 2 provide a diagnostic capability for the system’s firmware.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (3Ch)
Reserved
1
2
Logical Unit Number
Mode
Buffer ID
(MSB)
(MSB)
3 - 5
6 - 8
9
Buffer Offset
Allocation Length
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–64 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch) (continued)
Table 5–63 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Mode
The tape drive supports the following values within this field. If any non-supported
value is set, the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status,
ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set.
Mode
000b
010b
011b
Description
Combined Header and Data (see 5.14.1)
Data (see 5.14.2)
Descriptor (see 5.14.3)
Buffer ID
Must be 0, 1, or 2.
Buffer 0:This buffer is intended to be used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER
command to provide a diagnostic capability for testing the SCSI bus and/or
hardware integrity.
Buffer 1: Choosing Buffer 1 results in the tape system transferring the contents of
SCSI RAM and EEPROM over the SCSI bus. For DLT 7000 tape systems, a total of
264K is transferred (256K for RAM, 8K for EEPROM).
Buffer 2:Choosing Buffer 2 results in the tape system transferring the contents of
cache RAM over the SCSI bus. For DLT7000 tape systems, a total of either 4 or 8
MB is transferred.
Buffer Offset
Supported if Buffer ID is 2. The Buffer Offset field allows the host to specify where
the start of the data is within the buffer.
Allocation
Length
This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated
for returning data. The host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its
own internal buffer size.
The host should first send a READ BUFFER command, in Descriptor mode, to
determine the size of the buffer being returned. In response to the READ
BUFFER command, the tape system returns four bytes of data, three of which
contain the size of the buffer. The host can then use this data to establish the
Buffer Offset/Allocation Length fields of the CDB. Once the size of the buffer is
known, Mode 2 (Data Only, see Section 5.14.2) can be used to transfer the data
across the SCSI Bus.
5-134
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch) (continued)
5.14.1 Combined Header and Data Mode
In this mode, the tape drive returns a 4-byte header followed by data bytes. The
drive terminates the DATA IN phase when the Allocation Length bytes of
header and data have been transferred or when all available data has been
transferred to the initiator, whichever is less. The 4-byte READ BUFFER header
is followed by data bytes from the target data buffer. The figure below illustrates
the format of the header.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Reserved
(MSB)
1 - 3
Available Length
(LSB)
Figure 5–65 READ BUFFER Header - Data Format
Table 5–64 READ BUFFER Header - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Available Length This field specifies the total number of data bytes available in the target’s
buffer. This number is not reduced to reflect the allocation length, nor is it
reduced to reflect the actual number bytes written using the WRITE
BUFFER command. Following the READ BUFFER header, the target
transfers data from its data buffer.
5.14.2 Data Mode
In this mode, the DATA IN phase contains only buffer data.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch) (continued)
5.14.3 Descriptor Mode
In this mode, a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information
is returned. The tape drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer
specified by the Buffer ID. In this mode, the drive does not reject the valid Buffer
IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status, but returns all zeros in the READ
BUFFER descriptor.
The Offset Boundary (Figure 5-66) is 12 (0Ch), indicating that buffer offsets
should be integral multiples of 4 K.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Offset Boundaries (0Ch)
Buffer Capacity
(MSB)
1 - 3
(LSB)
Figure 5–66 READ BUFFER Descriptor - Data Format
5-136
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.15 READ POSITION COMMAND (34h)
The READ POSITION command is used to read a position identifier or SCSI Logical
Block Address (LBA). The LOCATE command uses this identifier to position back to
this same logical position in a high-performance fashion.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (34h)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
BT
2 - 8
9
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–67 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–65 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block - Field Descriptions
Field Name Description
BT
Block Type. This bit indicates how the position is to be interpreted. Since the
tape drive uses the same logical block regardless of the setting of this bit, the
setting is ignored. The logical block address values include all recorded objects:
blocks and filemarks.
NOTE
The drive returns CHECK CONDITION with UNIT NOT READY sense
key with the READ POSITION command if the media is not ready to
be accessed.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ POSITION Command (34h) (continued)
Data from READ POSITION takes the following format:
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
BOP
EOP
Reserved
BPU (0)
Reserved
1
Partition Number
Reserved
2 - 3
4 - 7
(MSB)
First Block Location
Last Block Location
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 - 11
12
(MSB)
(MSB)
13 - 15
15 - 19
Number of Blocks in Buffer
Number of Bytes in Buffer
(LSB)
(LSB)
Figure 5–68 READ POSITION - Data Format
5-138
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
READ POSITION Command (34h) (continued)
Table 5–66 READ POSITION Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
BOP
Beginning of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit is
at the beginning of partition in the current partition. When 0,
indicates that the current logical position is not at the beginning of
partition. Since the tape drive does not support more than one
partition, the value of this field will be 1 when at BOT.
EOP
End of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit is
positioned between early warning and the end of partition in the
current partition. When 0, it indicates that the current logical position
is not between early warning and end of partition.
BPU
Block Partition Unknown. This bit is never set: the setting of the Block
Type (BT) bit of READ POSITION CDB does not affect the block address
values returned.
First Block Location
Last Block Location
The block address associated with the current logical position: the
next block to be transferred between the target and initiator if a READ
or WRITE command is issued.
The block address associated with the current physical position: the
next block to be transferred to tape medium and from the target’s
buffer. If the buffer is empty, or has only a partial block, the same
value as First Block Location is reported. The first block or filemark
written onto the tape medium is at address 0.
Number of Bytes in Buffer
Number of Bytes in Buffer
The number of data blocks in the target’s buffer.
The number of data bytes in the buffer that have not been written to
the tape medium.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS COMMAND (1Ch)
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the tape drive.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (1Ch)
1
2
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
Reserved
Allocation Length
Reserved
(MSB)
3 - 4
5
(LSB)
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–69 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block - Data
Format
Table 5–67 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic page results
the drive is allowed to send to the initiator.
5-140
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch) (continued)
The following data is returned by the drive as a result of the RECEIVE
DIAGNOSTIC command. Note that a REQUEST SENSE command should be
used to obtain more detailed information following a CHECK CONDITION on a
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Controller Present Flag
Controller Error Flag
Drive Present Flag
1
2
3
4
5
Drive Error Flag
Media Loader Present Flag
Media Loader Error Flag
Flag set = 1 = failure
Flag not set = 0 = not present or no error
Figure 5–70 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS - Data Format
This information indicates which of the main components of the tape drive
subsystem may have failed diagnostic testing.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.17 RELEASE UNIT COMMAND (17h)
The RELEASE UNIT command releases the drive if it is currently reserved by the
requesting initiator. It is not an error to release the tape drive if it is not
currently reserved by the requesting initiator. If the tape drive is reserved by
another initiator, however, it is not released; the tape drive is only released from
the initiator that issued the RELEASE command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (17h)
1
Logical Unit Number
3rd Pty
Third Party Device ID
Rsv’d
Link
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Figure 5–71 RELEASE UNIT Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–68 RELEASE UNIT Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
3rdPty
The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an initiator to release a
logical unit that was previously reserved using the third-party reservation option.
If this bit is 0, then the third-party release option is not requested. If this bit is set
to 1, the drive is released if it was originally reserved by the same initiator using
the third-party reservation option and if the tape drive is the same SCSI device
specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
Third Party
Device ID
Required if the 3rdPty bit is 1. This field specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator
whose third party reservation is being released. This field must be set if the
initiator of the original third party RESERVE is the source of the RELEASE.
5-142
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
RELEASE UNIT Command (17h) (continued)
Media Changer Considerations
The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in
the SCSI-2 ANSI specification is not supported. The RELEASE command is
defined the same as for the tape drive. The whole loader unit can be released.
RESERVE / RELEASE of the Loader and Drive LUNs are handled
independently.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.18 REQUEST SENSE COMMAND (03h)
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense
data to the initiator.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (03h)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
2 - 3
Reserved
Allocation Length
Reserved
4
5
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–72 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–69 REQUEST SENSE Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Allocation Length This field specifies the maximum number of sense bytes to be
returned. The tape drive terminates the transfer when this number of
bytes has been transferred or when all available sense data has been
transferred to the host, whichever is less.
5-144
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense
data to the initiator.
The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION
CONFLICT status returned on the previous command. The sense data bytes are
preserved by the tape drive until retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command, or
until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator, though some
commands, such as INQUIRY, do not change sense data.
If the tape drive receives an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE, it returns sense data
with the appropriate values in the End of Media (EOM), Sense Key, Additional
Sense Code, and Additional Sense Code Qualifier. The positional information
provided reflects the logical position of the tape drive. The tape drive returns
information based on the non-diagnostic data in its buffer as well as the data on
tape medium. Additionally, bytes 25 through 28 contain the amount of tape to
be written in 4 KB blocks.
REQUEST SENSE does not cause the drive to flush its buffered data to tape.
Therefore, if the host requires the exact physical positioning of the tape medium,
it should precede the REQUEST SENSE command with a WRITE FILEMARKS
command with length 0 (Immed=0) specified. This forces the tape drive to flush
any currently-buffered data to tape. A subsequent REQUEST SENSE command
returns the actual physical (and logical) position of the tape drive to the
initiator.
The following illustration portrays the format of REQUEST SENSE DATA.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Valid
Error Code
1
2
Segment Number (0)
Reserved
Filemark
(MSB)
EOM
ILI
Sense Key
3 - 6
7
Information Bytes
(LSB)
(LSB)
Additional Sense Length
(MSB)
8 - 11
Command-Specific Information Bytes
Additional Sense Code (ASC)
12
13
14
Additional Sense Code Qualifier (ASCQ)
Sub-Assembly Code (0)
15
SKSV
C/D
Reserved
BPV
Bit Counter
(MSB)
16 - 17
Field Pointer
(LSB)
18
Internal Status Code (VU)
Tape Motion Hours
Power On Hours
Tape Remaining
Reserved
19 - 20
21 - 24
25 - 28
29
Figure 5–73 REQUEST SENSE - Data Format
5-146
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–70 REQUEST SENSE Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Valid
When set to 1, this field indicates that the information bytes contain valid
information as defined in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification.
Error Code
A value of 70h indicates a current error – the report is associated with the
most recently received command.
A value of 71h indicates a deferred error – the report is associated with a
previous command and not as a result of the current command.
No other values are returned in this field.
Segment Number
Filemark
This value of this byte is always 0.
This bit indicates that the current command has read a Filemark.
EOM
End of Medium. This bit indicates that an End of Medium condition (End of
Partition or Beginning of Partition) exists. The warning is also given by setting
the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Qualifier to End of
Partition or Beginning of Partition.
ILI
Incorrect Length Indicator. This bit indicates that the requested logical block
length did not match the logical block length of the data on the tape
medium. Only READ or VERIFY may cause this bit to be set.
Sense Key
In most cases, Additional Sense Code and/or Qualifier information is available.
The codes and qualifiers are covered in detail in Table 5-72.
Information Bytes
These bytes contain the differences (residue) of the requested length minus
the actual length in bytes, blocks, or Filemarks, as determined by the
command. Negative values are indicated by two’s complement notation. The
bytes are valid for all READ, WRITE, SPACE, and VERIFY tape commands for
which a CHECK CONDITION status has been generated. The information bytes
are 0 for MODE SELECT / SENSE, INQUIRY, READ BLOCK LIMITS, and TEST UNIT
READY.
Additional Sense
Length
This field specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow. If the
Allocation Length of the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all
of the Additional Sense bytes, the Additional Sense Length is not adjusted to
reflect the truncation.
Command Specific Command Specific Information Bytes can be logged by the operating system
Information Bytes
on error conditions. On tape medium errors, such an entry usually contains
the current SCSI Logical Block Address.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–70 REQUEST SENSE Data — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Additional Sense
Code
This field (and the field for Additional Sense Code Qualifier) provide additional
information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK CONDITION status.
Additional Sense Codes are discussed in detail later in this chapter.
Additional Sense
Code Qualifier
This field (and the field for Additional Sense Code) provides additional
information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK CONDITION status.
Additional Sense Code Qualifiers are discussed in detail later in this chapter.
Sub-Assembly
Code
Not used. Returned as 0.
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid. When = 1, indicates that the Sense Key specific field
is as defined by the International Standard.
C/D
Command / Data. When set to 1, this field indicates that the illegal parameter
is contained in the Command Descriptor Block. A C/D set to 0 indicates that
the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from the initiator.
BPV
Bit Pointer Valid. When set to 1, this field indicates that the Bit Pointer field is
valid and designates which bit of the byte designated by the field pointer is in
error. For a multi-bit field, it points to the most significant bit of the field.
Field Pointer
This field indicates which byte of the Command Descriptor Block or Parameter
List is in error. For a multi-byte field, the most significant byte is indicated.
Internal Status
Code (VU)
Internal Status Codes (Vendor Unique) are explained in detail in Appendix A.
Tape Motion
Hours
This field reports the number of tape motion (i.e., head wear) hours. Format is
given as a hexadecimal word (2 bytes).
Power On Hours
This field reports the total number of hours that drive power has been applied
since its last power on cycle (not total power on hours over the device’s
lifetime). Format is given as a hexadecimal longword (4 bytes).
Tape Remaining
This field reports the amount of tape remaining in 4 KB (4096 bytes) blocks.
5-148
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–71 Supported Sense Keys
Sense
Key
Description
0h
NO SENSE. Check the Filemark/EOM/ILI bits and the Additional Sense Code/Additional
Sense Code Qualifier bytes.
1h
RECOVERED ERROR. This can be caused by rounding of Mode Parameters on a MODE
SELECT, or may report that READ/WRITE error rates are reaching subsystem specification
limits for optimal operation. The device may still be able to continue to function without
any unrecovered errors for a long period of time, however. No CHECK CONDITION is
generated unless the PER bit of Mode Page 01h is set.
2h
3h
4h
5h
6h
NOT READY. The tape medium is not ready for tape operation commands. Tape medium
might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of loading or calibrating.
MEDIUM ERROR. An unrecoverable WRITE, READ, or positioning error has occurred.
Detailed device-specific information may be available.
HARDWARE ERROR. The Additional Sense Code / Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields
may present more specific information.
ILLEGAL REQUEST. The Command Descriptor Block or supplied parameter data had an
unsupported or illegal operation specified. Check bytes 15, 16, and 17.
UNIT ATTENTION. Unit Attentions are created after a device reset, if the medium
asynchronously becomes ready to the initiator, if another initiator changes Mode
Parameters, and/or if the firmware is updated.
7h
DATA PROTECTED. The current tape medium is write-protected. This can be because the
Write Protect switch on the cartridge is in its enabled position or if the tape medium is
not the appropriate type (DLTtape I or DLTtape II), or if a software write protect is issued.
8h
Bh
BLANK CHECK. An End of Data or LongGap has been encountered.
COMMAND ABORTED. This key is generated when a command has been aborted by the
tape drive for some reason. Check the Additional Sense Code / Additional Sense Code
Qualifier bytes.
Dh
Eh
VOLUME OVERFLOW. This key indicates that the physical end of tape medium has been
reached during writing. The initiator ignored the End of Medium condition and
continued to write to tape.
MISCOMPARE. A compare error has occurred during READ by the self-tests invoked
during execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
The following table provides the additional sense codes (ASCs) and additional
sense code qualifiers (ASCQs) that may be reported. Additional information,
explanations, or suggestions for action are included in some of the descriptions.
Table 5–72 Supported ASC / ASCQ in Hex
Sense Key
ASC
ASCQ Description
00
NO SENSE
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
00
FF
No Additional Sense Code
Unexpected FM Encountered
End of Medium (EOM) Encountered
SetMark Encountered
Beginning of Medium (BOM) Encountered
EOD Encountered
Tape Alert Failure Prediction Threshold Exceeded
False Exception Condition
5D
5D
01
00
0A
0A
37
3B
44
44
47
48
51
53
5B
80
80
17
00
80
00
08
C1
C2
00
00
00
01
02
02
03
Clean Requested (Non-Vendor Unique)
Error Log Overflow
Error Log Generated
Rounded Parameter
Repositioning Error
EEROM Copy 1 Area Bad
EEROM Copy 2 Area Bad
SCSI Parity Error
IDE Message Received
ERASE Failure
RECOVERED ERROR
Unload Tape Failure
Log Counter at Maximum
Cleaning Requested (use cleaning tape)
Soft Error Exceeds Threshold
02h
NOT READY
04
04
04
04
30
30
00
01
02
03
02
03
Unit Not Ready, Cause Nonreportable
Unit Not Ready, Calibration in Process
Unit Not Ready, LOAD Command Needed
Unit Not Ready, Manual Intervention Needed
Incompatible Format
Unit Not Ready, Incompatible Media (Cleaning
Cartridge) Installed
3A
3A
5A
00
80
01
Media Not Present
Media Not Present, VU Cartridge Missing
Operator Media Removal Request
03h
00
04
0C
00
02
00
Medium Error
MEDIUM ERROR
Unit Not Ready, LOAD Command Needed
WRITE Error (possible tape medium problem,
cleaning tape needed)
11
11
00
08
Unrecovered READ Error
Unrecovered READ Error, Incomplete Block Read
5-150
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–72 Supported ASC / ASCQ in Hex (continued)
Sense Key
ASC
ASCQ Description
MEDIUM ERROR
(cont.)
14
00
Recorded Entity Not Found (logical DLT block not
found)
Position Error Detected by Read of Medium
Cannot Read Medium
Unknown Format
Sequential Positioning Error
Repositioning Error
15
30
30
3B
3B
51
80
80
81
02
00
01
00
08
00
00
01
00
ERASE Failure
Calibration Error (use cleaning tape)
Cleaning Required (use cleaning tape)
Directory Read Error (use cleaning tape)
04h
08
08
0C
11
11
11
15
21
3B
3B
3B
40
40
40
40
00
01
80
80
81
82
01
01
08
0D
0E
80
81
82
83
LUN Communication Failure
LUN Communication Timeout Failure
Write SCSI FIFO CRC Error
HARDWARE ERROR
Read SCSI FIFO CRC Error
Block Port Detected EDC Error
Block Port Detected Record CRC Error
Random Mechanical Positioning Error
Invalid Element Address
Repositioning Error
Media Destination Element Full1
Media Source Element Empty1
Diagnostic/POST Failure, ROM EDC Error 2
Diagnostic/POST Failure, RAM Failure 2
Diagnostic/POST Failure, Bad Drive Status 2
Diagnostic/POST Failure, Loader Diagnostics
Failure 2
40
44
44
44
84
00
83
84
Diagnostic/POST Failure, POST Soft Failure 2
Internal Target Failure
SCSI Chip Gross Error/ Illegal – Command Status
Unexpected/Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer
Register
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
85
86
87
88
8A
C1
C2
Immediate Data Transfer Timeout
Insufficient CDB Bytes
Disconnect/SDP Sequence Failed
Bus DMA Transfer Timeout
Over Temperature Condition
EEPROM Copy 1 Area Bad
EEPROM Copy 2 Area Bad
1 Medium changer specific command.
2 Contact a service representative.
3 Bad firmware image or code download possible.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–72 Supported ASC / ASCQ in Hex (continued)
Sense Key
ASC
ASCQ Description
04h
44
47
48
51
53
53
C3
00
00
00
00
01
Both EEROM Copy Areas Bad
SCSI Parity Error
IDE Message Received
Erase Failure
Media Load/Eject Failure
Unload Tape Failure
HARDWARE ERROR
(cont.)
05h
1A
20
20
21
24
00
00
81
01
00
Parameter List Length Error
Illegal Opcode
ILLEGAL REQUEST
Illegal Command While In Recovery Mode
Invalid Element Address (Media Changer)
Invalid CDB Field (may occur if odd block counts
are attempted in fixed mode)
Invalid Mode on WRITE Buffer
Media in Drive
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
26
26
26
30
39
3B
3B
3D
53
82
81
82
84
86
87
89
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
00
00
01
02
00
00
0D
0E
00
02
00
Insufficient Resources
Invalid Offset
Invalid Size
Image Data Over Limit 3
Image/Personality is Bad 3
Not Immediate Command
Bad Drive/Server Image EDC 3
Invalid Personality for Code Update (CUP) 3
Bad Controller Image EDC 3
Illegal LUN
Parameter List Error, Invalid Field
Parameter List Error, Parameter Not Supported
Parameter List Error, Parameter Value Invalid
Incompatible medium (cannot read medium)
Saving Parameters Not Supported
Media Destination Element Full1
Media Source Element Empty1
Invalid Bits in ID Message
Media Removal Prevented
Not Allowed if not at BOT
1 Medium changer specific command.
2 Contact a service representative.
3 Bad firmware image or code download possible.
5-152
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–72 Supported ASC / ASCQ in Hex (continued)
Sense Key
ASC
ASCQ Description
06h
28
29
2A
2A
3F
00
00
01
02
01
01
Not Ready To Ready Transition
Reset Occurred
Mode Parameters Changed
Log Parameters Changed
Microcode has been Changed
Log Threshold Condition Met
UNIT ATTENTION
5B
07h
27
27
80
82
Hardware WRITE Protect
Data Safety WRITE Protect (if Use Cleaning Tape LED
is lit, use a cleaning tape)
DATA PROTECTED
08h
BLANK CHECK
00
08
05
00
01
EOD Encountered
LUN Communications Failure
LUN Communications Time-out
09h
XX
0A
YY
Code Update Event (where XX = Drive revision
code; YY = Controller revision code)
VENDOR UNIQUE
0Ah
00
80
Error Log Overflow
Error Log Generated
0Bh
COMMAND
ABORTED
2F
43
44
44
44
44
00
00
80
82
83
84
Commands Cleared by Another Initiator
Message Error
Unexpected Selection Interrupt
Command Complete Sequence Failure
SCSI Chip, Gross Error/ Illegal – Command Status
Unexpected/Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer
Register
44
44
45
47
87
89
00
00
Disconnect Sequence Failed
Command Cleared from Queue Without Other
Select/Reselect Failure
SCSI Parity Error (check SCSI bus configuration and
connections)
1 Medium changer specific command.
2 Contact a service representative.
3 Bad firmware image or code download possible.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h) (continued)
Table 5–72 Supported ASC / ASCQ in Hex (continued)
Sense Key
ASC
ASCQ Description
0Bh
48
49
4B
4E
00
00
00
00
IDE Message Error
Invalid Message Error
Data Phase Error
Overlapped Commands Attempted (queue tag is
not unique, CDB sent with abort tag message, or
untagged, or untagged CDBs are outstanding)
Can not Retry Read/Write Data Transfer (a
READ/WRITE Data Transfer was aborted due to a
bus parity error or unexpected ATN.
COMMAND
ABORTED
(cont.)
83
00
0Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW (No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier)
0Eh MISCOMPARE (No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier)
1 Medium changer specific command.
2 Contact a service representative.
3 Bad firmware image or code download possible.
Filemark, End of Medium (EOM), and Incorrect Length Indicator (ILI) Bits
Filemark (byte 2, bit 7), EOM (byte 2, bit 6), and ILI (byte 2, bit 5) are names
of fields in the SCSI-2 REQUEST SENSE command. Any of these bits may be set
to a 1 even though the Additional Sense Code (ASC) / Additional Sense Code
Qualifier (ASCQ) bits have a value of 0.
For example:
?
Filemark, EOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with No Sense key (00h) and ASC /
ASCQ = 00 00.
?
Filemark, EOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with Recovered Error (01h) and ASC
/ ASCQ = 00 00.
Filemark, BOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with Medium Error (03h) and ASC /
ASCQ = 00 00.
5-154
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.19 RESERVE UNIT COMMAND (16h)
The RESERVE UNIT command reserves the specified tape drive for exclusive use
by the requesting initiator or for another specified SCSI device.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (16h)
1
Logical Unit Number
3rdPty
Third Party Device ID
Rsv’d
Link
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Figure 5–74 RESERVE UNIT Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–73 RESERVE UNIT Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
3rdPty
The third party reservation option for RESERVE UNIT allows an initiator to reserve a
logical unit for another SCSI device. This option is intended for systems that use
COPY, and is implemented by the tape drive.
If set to 1, logical unit is reserved for the SCSI device whose ID appears in the Third
Party Device ID field. The tape drive ignores any attempt made by any other
initiator to release the reservation and returns a GOOD status.
If set to 0, no third party reservation is requested and device is reserved for the
initiator that issued the CDB.
Third Party
Device ID
If 3rdPty is set to 1 (indicating that an initiator has reserved the logical unit for
another SCSI device), this field contains the ID number of that SCSI device for
which the reservation was made.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
RESERVE UNIT Command (16h) (continued)
A reservation via the RESERVE UNIT command remains in effect until one of
the following conditions is met:
·
The initiator that made the reservation sends another RESERVE UNIT
command.
·
The tape drive is released via a RELEASE UNIT command from the same
initiator.
·
·
A BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator.
A hard reset occurs.
The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a
CHECK CONDITION status, sense key of UNIT ATTENTION on the next
command following the condition. It is not an error to issue a RESERVE UNIT
command to a drive that is currently reserved by the requesting initiator.
If another initiator has previously reserved the logical unit, the target returns a
RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
If, after honoring the reservation, any other initiator attempts to perform any
command except INQUIRY, REQUEST SENSE, or RELEASE UNIT, the
command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status. That logical
unit ignores a RELEASE UNIT command issued by another initiator.
An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation (for
example, to switch third parties) by issuing another RESERVE UNIT command
to the tape drive.
Medium Changer Considerations for RESERVE UNIT Command
The optional Element Reservation feature defined for Medium Change devices as
described in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification is not supported. The RESERVE
command is defined the same as for the tape drive. The whole loader unit may be
reserved. This is separate from a reservation of the tape drive.
The RESERVE / RELEASE commands operate on a LUN basis. The Medium
Changer and the tape drive are generally handled as different devices. In the case
of a reserved drive LUN, a MOVE MEDIUM command issued to the Medium
Changer LUN cannot insert or remove a tape cartridge to or from a tape drive
unless the tape drive is reserved by the same initiator.
5-156
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.20 REWIND COMMAND (01h)
The REWIND command directs the tape drive to position the tape at the beginning of
the currently active partition (for DLT drives, this is BOM). Before rewinding, the tape
drive writes any write data that is in the buffer to the tape medium and appends an
End of Data marker.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (01h)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
Immed
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–75 REWIND Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–74 REWIND Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name Description
Immed Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, the tape drive first writes any remaining
buffered data to tape medium and adds an EOD marker. It then returns status
to the host before beginning the actual rewind operation. If this bit is 0,
status will be sent after the rewind has completed.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC COMMAND (1Dh)
The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command directs the tape drive to perform its self-
diagnostic tests.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (1Dh)
Logical Unit Number
PF (0)
Rsv’d
Selftst
DevOfl
UnitOfl
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Unused
Reserved
Flag
Link
Figure 5–76 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–75 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
PF
Description
Page Format. Not supported; must be 0.
Selftst
Self Test. This bit is used in conjunction with DevOfl and UnitOfl to specify the type
of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the following paragraphs.
DevOfl
UnitOfl
Device Offline. This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and UnitOfl to specify
the type of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the following
paragraphs.
Unit Offline. This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and DevOfl to specify the
type of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the following paragraphs.
5-158
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh) (continued)
Two levels of unit-resident diagnostic tests can be accessed:
Electronics Self-Test (Level 1 Test)
To invoke this level of diagnostic test, a major portion of the controller hardware
and software must be functioning properly. The test is based on the premise that
full power-up testing is not necessary, therefore, it is an extension of the power-
up self tests that are run. The code ROM EDC is verified, two queues used by
much of the controller software are checked by dequeuing and enqueuing items.
If a loader (Medium Changer) is configured, the test attempts a software reset
on the loader. This test does not attempt a WRITE or READ to or from the tape
medium. When complete, any errors that occur are reported in the extended
Sense Data bytes. This Level 1 test has an execution time of approximately five
(5) seconds.
Specify the Electronics Self-Test by setting the Selftst bit to 1, and both the
DevOfl and UnitOfl bits to 0.
Read / Write Functionality Test (Level 2 Test)
The default version of this test does the following:
1. Writes 500 32 KB records on track 0 (forward motion)
2. Rewinds the tape.
3. Reads the records.
4. Positions to the beginning of track 1 (backward motion)
5. Writes 500 32 KB records on track 1.
6. Repositions to the beginning of track 1.
7. Reads the records.
8. Rewinds the tape.
The execution time for this Level 2 test is approximately 6 minutes, if
calibration is not required. Specify the Read/Write test by setting both the Selftst
bit and the UnitOfl bit to 1 and ensuring that the DevOfl bit to 0.
A level III (or test type III) is available with user defined parameters.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh) (continued)
The following table illustrates the possible settings of the Selftst, DevOfl, and
UnitOfl bits and the effects of each setting on the resulting self-test:
Table 5–76 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Bits Selftst, DevOfl, and UnitOfl
Selftst
DevOfl
UnitOfl Self - Test Effect
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Illegal Combination
Self-Test Level 3 with User Parameters
Illegal Combination
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters
Self-Test Level 1 with Default Parameters
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters
Self-Test Level 1 with Default Parameters
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 1
2 - 3
Pattern Number (See Table 5-77)
Maximum Number of Test Passes
Block Size
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
4 - 7
8 - 11
Block Count
Figure 5–77 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List - Data Format
5-160
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh) (continued)
Table 5–77 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Pattern Number
Indicates the type of data pattern to be used during the diagnostic tests.
Pattern
0
Name
Rotate
Data in Hex
Rotate through the other 9 patterns;
change for each tape file.
00 00 00 00 00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
All 0s
2F
Alternating 1s and 0s
Marching 1
Marching 0
MW
MFM
IF
FF FF FF FF FF
55 5A AA A5 55 5A AA A5
01 02 03 04 08 10 20 40 80
FE FD FB F7 EF DF BF 7F
0E 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E
DE AD DE AD DE AD DE AD
AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA
9 (default) Random Data
Maximum Number
of Test Passes
This field specifies the number of test passes of the diagnostic to be run. If
Maximum Number of Test Passes = 0, the test will loop continuously. A
BUS RESET or a selection from the host sending an ABORT or BUS DEVICE
RESET message terminates testing. Default = 1
Block Size
This field specifies the size of the blocks to be used. If this field is 0, random
block sizes are used. Default = 8400 bytes (DLTtape III media); 64 K
(DLTtape IV media).
Block Count
This field specifies how many blocks to WRITE / READ to and from starting
on track 0, then moving to track 1. Default = 500.
For example, if the Block Size and Block Count fields result in three (3)
tracks worth of data, the test will:
Write tracks 0, 1, 2
REWIND, READ, and VERIFY tracks 0, 1, 2
WRITE three tracks starting with 1: 1, 2, 3 and then REWIND to the
beginning of track 1 and perform the READ and VERIFY pass.
If Block Count is = 0, data is written until EOT is reached each time, so
almost four (4) complete passes over the tape would result.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh) (continued)
NOTE
Because of data generation and verification, this test only streams
the tape for short periods of time. If Block Count is set very high,
the test can take many minutes or even many hours to complete.
If the specified diagnostic test passes, a GOOD status is returned. Otherwise, a
CHECK CONDITION is generated and the Sense Data contains information
about the failure.
Table 5–78 Sense Keys Used for SEND DIAGNOSTIC
Sense Key
Description
3h
Medium Error. A positioning error has occurred in which the returned position does
not match the expected position. Additional Sense Code for possible additional
information.
4h
Hardware Error. The Additional Sense Code and any Additional Sense Code Qualifier
provide more specific information.
5h
Eh
ILLEGAL REQUEST. Illegal bit settings in the SEND DIAGOSTIC command.
Miscompare. A compare error occurred during a READ operation.
Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers that apply to
SEND DIAGNOSTIC self-test results are described in the table below.
Table 5–79 ASC / ASCQ for SEND DIAGNOSTIC
ASC
ASCQ
Description
15h
2h
A positioning error has occurred in which the returned position does
not match the expected position.
40h
40h
40h
40h
80h
81h
82h
83h
Level 1 ROM Test Failed.
Level 1 RAM Test Failed.
Level 1 Test Failed. Bad Drive Status.
Level 1 Test Failed. Loader Reset Failed.
5-162
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.22 SPACE COMMAND (11h)
The SPACE command provides a variety of positioning functions that are
determined by Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block. Both
forward (toward End of Medium/End of Partition) and reverse (toward
Beginning of Medium/Beginning of Partition) positioning are provided.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (11h)
Reserved
1
Logical Unit Number
Code
Flag
(MSB)
2 - 4
5
Count
(LSB)
Unused
Reserved
Link
Figure 5–78 SPACE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–80 SPACE Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Code
The code can be one of the following:
Space Code Space by:
000b
001b
010b
011b
Blocks
Filemarks
Sequential Filemarks
End of Data
For 2.6 GB and 6.0 GB format, the tape drive supports count values 0, 1, and 2 only.
For 10.0 GB and newer formats, compressed or noncompressed, the count value
can be from 0 to FFFFFFh.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
SPACE Command (11h) (continued)
Table 5–80 SPACE Command Data - Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Count
When spacing over blocks or marks, the Count field is interpreted as follows:
A positive value N causes forward motion over N blocks or marks. The tape is
logically positioned after the Nth block or mark on the EOM or EOP side.
A value of 0 causes no change in logical position.
A negative value -N (two’s complement notation) causes reverse movement over
N blocks or marks. The tape is logically positioned on the BOM or BOP side of the
Nth block or mark.
When spacing to EOD, the Count field is ignored. Forward movement occurs until
the drive encounters EOD. The position is such that a subsequent WRITE command
would append data after the last object that has been written to tape before EOD.
When executing SPACE, the tape drive implements the following hierarchy:
Highest
BOM/P or EOM/P
EOD
Filemarks
Lowest
Blocks
Note that a “space sequential filemarks” is a space to the first occurrence of n
filemarks written sequentially.
A SPACE command in the form “SPACE N blocks” will halt with GOOD status
after the Nth block, or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of
Filemark, EOD, BOM/P, or EOM/P. A command “SPACE N Filemarks” will halt
on the Nth Filemark with GOOD status on any occurrence of EOD, BOM/P, or
EOM/P.
Depending on the size of blocks, read ahead data in the buffer allows some
spacing requests to be satisfied without actual tape movement.
5-164
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.23 TEST UNIT READY COMMAND (00h)
The TEST UNIT READY command checks the tape drive to ensure that the unit
is ready for commands involving tape movement. If the drive has a tape loaded,
the command returns a GOOD status. Otherwise, CHECK CONDITION is
reported.
Due to power cycle, code update, and tape loaded conditions, it is possible to get
multiple check conditions on a TEST UNIT READY command.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (00h)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
2 - 4
5
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–79 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.24 VERIFY COMMAND (13h)
The VERIFY command directs the tape drive to verify one or more blocks
beginning with the next block on the tape. Both CRC and EDCs are validated.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (13h)
Reserved
1
Logical Unit Number
Immed
BC
Fixed
(MSB)
2 - 4
5
Verification Length
Reserved
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–80 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-166
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
VERIFY Command (13h) (continued)
Table 5–81 VERIFY Command Data - Field Descriptions
Description
Field Name
Immed
Immediate. When set to 1, the VERIFY command completes before any
tape medium movement is done (that is, when the processing has been
initiated.
BC
Byte Check. When set to 0, the tape drive performs an internal CRC/ECC
check of data. No data is transferred to the initiator.
When set to 1, the command is rejected.
Fixed
This bit specifies whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be
verified.
When set to 0, variable-block mode is requested. A single block is
transferred with the Verification Length specifying the maximum number
of bytes the initiator has allocated for verification.
When the Fixed bit is set to 1, the Verification Length specifies the number
of blocks to be verified. This is valid only if the logical unit is currently
operating in Fixed Block mode.
Verification Length
This field specifies the amount of data to verify, in blocks or bytes as
indicated by the Fixed bit.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.25 WRITE COMMAND (0Ah)
The WRITE command transfers one or more blocks from the host to the current
logical position. When in Buffered Mode (the DLT tape drive default mode), the
tape drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as this data
block has been transferred to the data buffer. Any check conditions will be
experienced as deferred errors. Refer to the MODE SELECT command
subsection for more information on Buffered Mode.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (0Ah)
1
Logical Unit Number
Reserved
Fixed
(MSB)
2 - 4
5
Transfer Length
Reserved
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–81 WRITE Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–82 WRITE Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Fixed
The fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the Transfer Length field and whether
fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be transferred.
When the Fixed bit is 0, Variable-length block mode is selected. A single block is
transferred from the initiator and is written to the logical unit beginning at the
current logical tape position. Upon successful termination, the tape is logically
positioned after this block (on the EOM/P side). The Transfer Length specifies the
number of bytes that the drive handshakes out from the initiator as one block.
5-168
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
WRITE Command (0Ah) (continued)
Table 5–82 WRITE Command Data — Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Name
Description
Fixed (cont.)
When the Fixed bit is 1, the Transfer Length field specifies the number of blocks to
be transferred to the host beginning at the current tape position. This form of WRITE
is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in the Fixed Block mode – when
it has been instructed to use fixed-length blocks with MODE SELECT. The current
block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command. Upon
termination, the tape is logically positioned after these blocks.
Transfer
Length
This field contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks depending on
whether Fixed or Variable block mode is selected.
When the Transfer Length is 0, no data is transferred and the current position on the
logical unit is not changed.
Exception Conditions
If End of Tape (EOT) is detected while writing, the tape drive finishes writing
any buffered data. The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status.
Within the sense data, the EOM bit is set, the Sense Key is set to NO SENSE,
and the Additional Sense code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set
to EOM/P detected. The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes,
returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case.
If the tape drive encounters the physical End of Medium (EOM) when
attempting WRITE, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned. Within the sense
data, the EOM and Valid bits are set, and the Sense Key field is set to Volume
Overflow. The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional
Sense code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P
Detected. The tape is physically positioned at EOM/P.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.26 WRITE BUFFER COMMAND (3Bh)
The WRITE BUFFER command is used with READ BUFFER as a diagnostic
function for testing the device data buffer, DMA engine, SCSI bus interface
hardware, and SCSI bus integrity. It is also used for downloading and updating
DLT microcode (firmware).
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (3Bh)
Reserved
1
2
Logical Unit Number
Mode
Buffer ID (00h)
Buffer Offset
(MSB)
(MSB)
3 - 5
6 - 8
9
(LSB)
(LSB)
Parameter List / Data Length
Reserved
Unused
Flag
Link
Figure 5–82 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
5-170
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh) (continued)
Table 5–83 WRITE BUFFER Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
Description
Mode
The tape drive supports the following values within the field. If any other value is
set, the drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status and an
ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set.
Mode
000b
010b
100b
101b
Description
WRITE combined header and data (Section 5.26.1)
WRITE data (Section 5.26.2)
Download Microcode (Section 5.26.3)
Download Microcode and Save (Section 5.26.4)
Buffer ID
For all of the modes described for the Mode field, only a Buffer ID of 0 is supported.
If the Buffer ID field is a value other than 0, the command is rejected. The target
detects and rejects commands that would overrun the buffer.
Buffer Offset See Sections 5.26.1 through 5.26.4 for the appropriate settings.
5.26.1 Write Combined Header and Data Mode (000b)
The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4-byte header consisting entirely of
reserved bytes. This header is discarded (not stored within the buffer).
The buffer offset field must be 0 for this mode.
5.26.2 Write Data Mode (010b)
Similar to Header and Data Mode, except there is no header in the data passed
to the target. Any potential buffer overruns are detected and the command is
rejected.
CAUTION
During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM, if any type
of powerfail occurs, or if the reprogramming fails before
completion, the tape drive subsystem becomes unusable and the
tape drive must be replaced.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh) (continued)
5.26.3 Download Microcode Mode (100b)
Using buffer offsets, the host can download the firmware image into the target’s
buffer in pieces. These commands do not cause the new image to become active.
A Download and Save Mode WRITE BUFFER command must be issued for the
image to become active.
The tape drive must be empty of tape medium to allow downloading of an image.
This is a safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update. If a tape
cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded,
another WRITE BUFFER with Download Microcode mode will be rejected. The
firmware image must be downloaded in integral multiples of 8K bytes.
Any error on a WRITE BUFFER command causes any downloaded image data to
be discarded and the download must be restarted from the beginning.
CAUTION
During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM, if any type
of powerfail occurs, or if the reprogramming fails before
completion, the tape drive subsystem becomes unusable and the
tape drive must be replaced.
5.26.4 Download Microcode and Save Mode (101b)
This mode is used to download and save the entire image at once, or to
download the image and save it, or to cause a save operation after the image
data has been downloaded using the Download Microcode mode (without the
Save). This mode of the WRITE BUFFER command causes the image data to be
verified and the Flash EEPROM firmware area to be updated. During the
reprogramming of the Flash EEPROM, the WRITE PROTECT and Drive Activity
LED’s on the drive’s front panel blinks. Also, when it is updating the EEPROM,
it disconnects from the SCSI bus and will not respond until the update is
complete.
When the Save operation is successfully completed, the firmware restarts itself,
causing the Power On Self Test (POST) to be run, and two UNIT ATTENTION
conditions are generated: POWER UP RESET and OPERATING CODE HAS
CHANGED.
5-172
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
5.27 WRITE FILEMARKS COMMAND (10h)
The WRITE FILEMARKS command directs the tape drive to write the specified
number of Filemarks beginning at the current logical position on tape. If the
Immediate bit is not set, any data or Filemarks in the WRITE cache buffer are
written to tape.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (10h)
Reserved
1
Logical Unit Number
WSMk
(0)
Immed
(MSB)
2 - 4
5
Number of Filemarks
Reserved
(LSB)
Link
Unused
Flag
Figure 5–83 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Table 5–84 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Data - Field Descriptions
Field Name
WSmk
Description
Write Setmark. Must be 0. This tape drive does not support Setmarks.
Immed
Immediate. When this bit is set to 1, the tape drive returns status as soon as the
Command Descriptor Block (CDB) has been validated, unless the Filemark count
is 0, or greater than 1 (since either condition causes the WRITE buffer to be
flushed to tape medium).
When set to 0, this bit indicates the status will not be returned until the
operation is complete.
Number of
Filemarks
This field contains the number of consecutive Filemarks to be written to tape
medium. A value of 0 is not considered to be an error; GOOD status is returned.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
5-173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Commands
WRITE FILEMARKS Command (10h) (continued)
The WRITE FILEMARKS command may be used to force the tape drive to write
any buffered WRITE data to the tape medium. If the tape drive is in buffered
mode, and WRITE FILEMARKS is received, the requested filemarks are
appended to the data and the WRITE buffer contents are flushed to tape
medium. A value of 0 in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no
filemarks are to be written to the tape medium, but still flushes any WRITE data
to the tape medium.
If End of Tape (EOT) is detected while writing filemarks, the tape drive finishes
writing any buffered data and terminates with CHECK CONDITION status.
Within the Sense data, the End of Medium (EOM) bit is set, the Sense Key field
is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code
Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P DETECTED. The tape drive attempts to
complete any subsequent WRITE FILEMARKS, returning a CHECK
CONDITION status in each case. If the tape drive encounters the physical EOM
when attempting a WRITE FILEMARKS, it returns CHECK CONDITION
status.
5-174
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A
DEFINITION OF VENDOR UNIQUE SENSE DATA
INFORMATION
This appendix lists the internal status codes with their descriptions.
The internal status code is located at byte offset 18 of the REQUEST SENSE
data and may be available for certain types of failures.
NOTE
Byte 18 of the REQUEST SENSE data has two formats: a byte code
and a bit flags format. The bit flags format is used when there is no
internal status code to report and can be quickly distinguished by
checking to see if bit 7 of byte 18 is set to 1.
Table A–1 Internal Status Codes
Decimal
Hexadecimal Description
0
1
0
1
No Meaning
Reed-Solomon Error Correction Code Recovery
READ or WRITE Block Retry (Soft Retry)
REPOSITION Command Aborted
Controller Has Stopped Reading
No Control or Data Buffers Available
Target Delivered in Read Ahead
Logical EOT Encountered, 2 Filemarks
Command Connection Dropped
Cleared from Queue
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
0A
Missing Data Block – READ only
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
A-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information
Table A–1 Internal Status Codes (continued)
Decimal
11
Hexadecimal Description
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
Gap Within Object (Missing Block in Record)
12
Record on Tape Larger Than Requested
Compare Error
13
14
Successive Blocks Missing Across Objects
Drive State Not Valid for Command
Drive Error
15
16
17
Drive Communication Timeout Error
Drive Unloaded
18
19
Unable to WRITE – No CRC
Block to Append To Not Found
20
21
Data Synchronization Error (READ after WRITE Not
Happening)
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
Missing Block(s) in Current Entity
Drive Hardware WRITE Protected
Reposition-Target Not Found
Log Gap Encountered (Blank Tape or No Data Encountered)
End of Data or Filler Block Encountered
Filemark Encountered
EDC Error Found by “FEZ” ASIC – FECC RAM Bad
Beginning of Medium Encountered
EDC Error
Hard WRITE Error – “FEZ” ASIC Underrun
Hard WRITE Error – READ Sync Timeout
Hard WRITE Error – Overshoot Append
Hard WRITE Error – CRC Error
A-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information
Table A–1 Internal Status Codes (continued)
Decimal
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Hexadecimal
Description
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
EDC Error Found by “FEZ” ASIC – FECC RAM OK
Timeout on Command to Medium Changer
Medium Changer UART Error (Overrun)
Medium Changer Response Length Error
Medium Changer Detected Error
Invalid Source Slot
Invalid Destination Slot
Source Slot Empty
Destination Slot Full
Medium Changer Motion Error
Medium Changer/Drive Interface Error
Medium Changer/Slot Interface Error
Medium Changer Mechanical Error
Medium Changer Hardware Error
Medium Changer Controller Error
Unrecognized Medium Changer Subcommand
Medium Changer Fatal Error
Medium Changer is in Manual Mode
68020 Detected Communication Error with Servo Area
68020 Detected Drive Command Timeout
Calibration Failure
Bad Tape Format
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
A-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
(Rsv’d)
(Rsv’d)
(Rsv’d)
(Rsv’d)
Figure A-1 Internal Status Bits
Table A–2 Internal Status Bit Flags
Bit No.
0
Description
If set to 1, Cleaning Light is Illuminated, otherwise Light is off.
Tape Directory Status Bits:
1 - 2
Bit 2
Bit 1
0
0
1
0
1
0
Good Status
Unknown Status
Partial Directory (will be rebuilt when tape is
undergoing READ/WRITE)
1
1
No Directory (will be rebuilt when tape is
undergoing READ/WRITE)
3 - 6
7
Reserved
If set to 1, the Internal Status Byte (Byte 18) is in Bit Flags format; otherwise
Byte 18 contains a status code.
A-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B
EEPROM-RESIDENT BUGCHECK AND EVENT LOGS
This appendix provides an explanation of the event logs (information packets) stored in semi-
permanent, non-volatile memory of the tape drive. These packets can be retrieved via the SCSI LOG
SENSE command with Page Code 07h.
B.1 EEPROM PACKETS (LAST N EVENTS)
The tape drive keeps certain event logs in semi-permanent, non-volatile memory
(EEPROM, in this case) located on the tape drive’s controller PCB. There is
storage enough within EEPROM for a total of 14 of these logs, or packets, each
packet consisting of 98 bytes (96 data bytes plus two control bytes) of
information. Packets may be written for different reasons and several packet
types exist.
The information in the event logs does not indicate that a tape drive or tape
medium has failed but is useful in isolating problems that may be occurring.
The logs are maintained in a circular buffer: a new entry overwrites the oldest
existing entry. At any point in time, the most recent 14 logs are kept.
The EEPROM information packets can be retrieved via the SCSI-2’s LOG
SENSE command with Page Code 07 (Last n Error Events Page).
The packet type field defines the content as well as the format of the data
portion of the packet. These packet types are detailed in this Appendix. Note
that the byte offsets in the structure layout diagrams are reference relative to the
beginning of the 98-byte EEPROM log envelope.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: EEPROM-Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs
B.2 BUGCHECK PACKETS
Bugchecks are the result of some software-detected errors. For example, a
hardware failure or an internal system consistency failure may cause a bugcheck.
These events cause bugcheck packets to be written to EEPROM.
The most important information within the packet is the error code. The more
common bugcheck codes are listed in Table B-1. A full listing of all possible
codes is not provided: they are typically associated with firmware or product
development and are not expected once the product is released. Analysis of the
other information saved within an EEPROM bugcheck packet requires the in-
depth firmware knowledge to interpret and/or attempt to determine the actual
cause.
Table B–1 Bugcheck Packet Error Codes (Bytes 9 – 10)
Error Code Meaning and Possible Cause
E204h
EE01h
EE02h
EE03h
EE04h
EE05h
EE06h
EE08h
Unexpected Timer 2 Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious Non-Maskable Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious 8524 Timer Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious Level 5 Interrupt (GPSP) – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious Drive Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious Loader Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Spurious Diag Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Watch Dog Expiration – SCSI bus may have lost termination, or Tape Drive
Controller PCB is constantly receiving non-tape commands.
EE09h
EE0Dh
F202h
Spurious Power Fail Signal Received – Possible Power Supply fault.
Spurious Level 6 Interrupt (GPSP) – Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault
Loader Time-Out – Possible Media Loader fault
B.2.1 POST Failure Packets
POST failure packets are stored whenever the Power On Self Test logic detects a
failure of any kind. Each failure is encoded as a 4-byte vector. In some cases,
multiple vectors may be stored.
If logging of POST failures occurs, contact a service representative.
B-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: EEPROM-Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs
B.2.2 Event Log Packets
Event log packets are non-fatal and can occur to log information about
significant events. Refer to Table B-2 for a listing of the existing error codes that
are found within event log packets. Note that these logs are informational only.
Table B–2 Event Log Error Codes (Bytes 9 – 10)
Error Code Meaning
0xA400
0xA401
0xA402
0xA403
0xA404
0xA405
0xA406
0xA407
0xA408
0xA409
0xA40B
0xA40C
0x40D
Hard READ Error Log
Hard WRITE Error Log
Drive Error Log
Loader Error Log
Calibration Log1 Error Entry
Calibration Log2 Error Entry
EDC Error Detected by SCSI Port Code
Directory Read Fail *
Directory Write Fail *
Unload Information Statistics
Media Quality Log
Spurious Eject
Directory Write on Unload Retries Failed *
Directory Write after Read Retries Failed *
Directory Read Retries Failure *
0x40E
0x40F
* Directory Read and Write Fail recoverable events are discussed below.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: EEPROM-Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs
B.2.3 Directory Failure Event Log Packets
Directory failure event logs are written when a directory read or directory write
request fails for any reason. Table B-3 provides the description of important
fields within the packet. Note that the byte count begins at Byte 13, the location
of the 1st event log byte within the event log packet.
Table B–3 Directory Failure Event Package – Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Saved Overwrites /
Rereads / Rewrites
These fields serve as temporary counters and have no use in
interpreting the directory failure packets.
Directory Called Mode
A code that specifies the original reason for the directory call.
A value of 1 indicates a directory READ (on LOAD).
A value of 2 indicates a directory WRITE (on UNLOAD).
A value of 3 indicates a directory WRITE (on WRITE from BOT).
Tape Format Called /
New
These fields contain the TMSCP values for the tape format both prior
to and after the directory operation.
Flags
A bit-mapped field that provides additional status information.
Bit Mask Meaning
0x01h READ on LOAD operation complete
0x02h Inhibit further WRITE operations unless WRITE from BOT
0x04h LBN 0 was found intact
0x08h Directory WRITE failed
0x10h Tape format mismatch
0x20h Event log generated
0x40h Tape format unknown
0x80h Reserved
B-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
UPDATING THE FIRMWARE
This chapter explains how to update the tape drive’s PCBA-resident firmware.
C.1
OVERVIEW
Using the tape drive’s front panel and a tape with the updated firmware image,
you can update the tape drive’s PCBA-resident firmware.
CAUTION
If a powerfail occurs during the firmware update process (when the
new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs),
the tape drive’s PCBA will be rendered unusable. When performing
a firmware update, take all possible precautions to prevent power
failure to the tape drive.
C.2
CREATING A FIRMWARE UPDATE TAPE
To update the tape drive’s PCBA firmware, you need a tape cartridge with a copy
of the new firmware image. The firmware image must be byte-written without
compression onto the tape using the appropriate block size as defined in Table C-
1. The image must be “copied” onto the tape instead of using the backup utility.
Table C-1 Block Size Used for Firmware Update Tape
Tape Format
Density
Upgrade Tape Block
DLTtape III
2.6 GB 6.0 4 Kbytes Multiple 4
GB 10.0 GB Kbytes Multiple 4
Kbytes Multiple
DLTtape IIIxt
DLTtape IV
15.0 GB
4 Kbytes Only
20.0 GB
35.0 GB
4 Kbytes Only
Kbytes Only
8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
C-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware
NOTES
On UN*X systems, use the FTP utility to transfer the binary firmware
image. Be sure to specify “type image” before using the “get” or
“put” commands, otherwise extra characters may be added to the
file, causing it to be invalid. The image file should be exactly 1286 *
512 bytes in size.
When making the update tape, copy the image file to the tape
media using an appropriate block size as shown in Table C-1, that is,
dd, ltf, and so on. The tape must be uncompressed.
C.3
FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE
This section describes the procedure to update the firmware of the tape drive’s
PCBA. The update requires a cartridge that holds the update firmware image.
Firmware updates from a host are also supported (see the section on the SCSI
command WRITE BUFFER in Chapter 5).
CAUTION
If a powerfail occurs during the firmware update process (when the
new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs),
the tape drive’s PCBA will be rendered unusable. When performing
a firmware update, take all possible precautions to prevent power
failure to the tape drive.
Make sure you have a DLTtape that bears the firmware image of the required
revision level copied to it.
1. Put the tape drive into the firmware update mode. To do this:
a) Remove any cartridge in the target tape drive and close the handle
(down position).
b) Press the UNLOAD button on the drive front panel and hold the button
until the WRITE PROTECT indicator begins blinking (approximately six
seconds). This indicates that the tape drive has recognized your request
for firmware update mode and is waiting for the sequence to complete.
C-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware
NOTE
If the WRITE PROTECT indicator does not blink, check that:
1. The Power-On Self Test passed.
2. The drive is unloaded.
3. The drive handle is in its down position.
c) Release the UNLOAD button, then press the UNLOAD button again
within four (4) seconds. The second press should take less than one (1)
second.
d) The TAPE IN USE and the WRITE PROTECT indicators will blink. This
indicates that the tape drive recognizes that the firmware update mode
has been selected.
If you are unsuccessful in selecting the firmware update mode (if, for example,
pressing the UNLOAD button the second time requires longer than one [1]
second), the WRITE PROTECT indicator will stop blinking within several
seconds. Try the procedure again. If the drive and controller PCBA are not
communicating properly, you cannot select the firmware update function.
Once the firmware update mode has been successfully selected, insert the
cartridge with updated firmware image into the drive. The drive then:
·
Automatically reads the cartridge. The tape will move for a few minutes
performing calibration and directory processing before any data is read.
·
·
Examines the data
Verifies that the data is a valid firmware image for the tape drive.
At this point, the firmware update mode is automatically cleared. One of the
following conditions will occur:
·
If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is up-to-date, the drive code
does not go through an update.
·
If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is NOT up-to-date, the code
in the drive is updated. This will take 2 - 3 minutes.
While the drive code is being updated, the WRITE PROTECT and TAPE IN USE
indicators flash alternately.
When the drive code update is complete, the drive resets, and runs its Power-On
Self Test (POST). The process waits until the tape is reloaded at the beginning
of tape (BOT).
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
C-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware
If the firmware image is valid, the tape drive’s PCBA controller’s FLASH
EEPROM is updated with the new firmware image. The WRITE PROTECT and
TAPE IN USE indicators flash again during the controller firmware update.
C.4
INTERPRETING THE RESULTS OF A FIRMWARE UPDATE
Following a firmware update procedure, two possible results can occur:
·
The firmware update cartridge is unloaded. This signals a successful update.
The tape drive rewinds the cartridge, the door is unlocked, and the green
OPERATE HANDLE indicator illuminates.
·
The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded. This signals an
unsuccessful update. The tape drive subsystem may still be usable. Failure
may be a result of:
·
·
·
Power failure
Bad firmware image on the tape
Non-functioning FLASH EEPROMS.
Table C-2 provides troubleshooting information.
C-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware
Table C-2 Results of Firmware Update
If...
Then...
The image is valid
1. The FLASH EEPROM containing the current firmware is
erased.
2. The new image is programmed into FLASH EEPROM
(approximately 2 minutes). Then:
The tape drive resets
The tape drive runs POST
The tape drive unloads the tape cartridge and the cartridge can
be removed. This indicates a successful firmware update.
1. The tape is NOT a valid
firmware update tape
No firmware update is attempted. The WRITE PROTECT and TAPE
IN USE indicators do not blink. The drive resets and the tape
remains loaded to signal that the firmware update was
unsuccessful.
2. The tape does not contain
a valid firmware image
The tape contains a valid
image but there is a failure
when attempting to
The controller PCBA is probably unusable and should be
replaced. The tape drive performs a reset and reruns POST. POST
will fail if FLASH EEPROM does not contain a valid firmware
image.
reprogram FLASH EEPROM
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
C-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Updating the Firmware
C-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D
THE TAPE CARTRIDGE
This appendix covers:
·
·
·
·
·
·
Tape Cartridge Handling Guidelines (subsection D.1)
Tape Cartridge Inspection Procedure (subsection D.2)
Tape Cartridge Write-Protect Switch (subsection D.3)
Loading a Tape Cartridge (subsection D.4)
Unloading a Tape Cartridge (subsection D.5)
Using a Cleaning Tape Cartridge (subsection D.6)
D.1 TAPE CARTRIDGE HANDLING GUIDELINES
The tape drive can use one of the following types of DLTtape cartridge:
·
·
·
DLTtape III, 1200 feet/cartridge (medium dark gray plastic)
DLTtape IIIxt, 1800 feet/cartridge (white plastic)
DLTtape IV, 1800 feet/cartridge (charcoal plastic)
Ensure that your tape backup solution performs reliably by following the general
handling guidelines described in this subsection.
HANDLING GUIDELINES
·
·
Always keep each tape cartridge in its protective plastic case when
it is not in the tape drive.
When carrying tape cartridges in their cases, always orient the cases
so that the grooves in the cases interlock. This prevents the cases
from slipping apart and falling.
·
Never stack the tape cartridges in a stack of more than five.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
·
Always observe the proper environmental conditions for the
storage of tape cartridges. Refer to the cartridge reference card
supplied with each cartridge. The ambient operating environment
for the tape cartridge is:
Temperature
10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F)
Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (non-condensing)
·
If storage and/or transportation of a tape cartridge have exposed it
to conditions outside the ambient values above, you should
“condition” the tape cartridge to its operating environment for a
24-hour period.
·
·
When placing tape cartridges in archival storage, make sure you
stand each tape cartridge vertically.
Do not place cartridges on or near devices that may produce
magnetic fields such as computer monitors, motors, or video
equipment. Such exposure can alter or erase data on the tape.
Note that magnetic fields are not generally a problem since their
strength decreases as inverse of the distance from the source
cubed. Unless very near (within a few inches) a magnet or an
electric motor there is no problem. The earth exerts a magnetic
field everywhere of less than about 0.5 Oersteds. The field from a
tape that is read by a recording head is about 100 Oer. To disturb
the information on the tape would require a field larger than this
and to erase the recorded information a field larger than the
coercivity of the tape is required which would be about 2000 Oer.
field strength.
·
Never apply adhesive labels or POST-IT notes on the top, side, or
bottom of your DLTtape cartridge. Only use the user slide- in type
label provided with each cartridge and slide it over the label slot on
the cartridge.
·
·
Do not carry cartridges loosely in a box or any other container.
Allowing cartridges to hit together exposes them to unnecessary
physical shock.
Do not touch or allow direct contact with tape or tape leader. Dust
or natural skin oils can contaminate the tape and impact tape
performance.
D-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
·
·
Do not expose the tape cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight.
Do not insert any cartridge that has been dropped into the
DLTtape drive without at least a thorough visual inspection as
described in this paper. A dropped cartridge may have dislodged,
loosened, or damaged internal components.
·
·
Avoid unnecessary opening of the cartridge door; this may expose
the tape to contamination or physical damage.
Do not attempt to remove a tape cartridge from the tape drive
unless the Operate Handle LED lights steadily and the drive’s beeper
has sounded its tone. Overriding the drive handle will cause
damage to both the media and the tape drive.
·
·
Do not use graphite pencils, water-soluble felt pens, or other
debris-producing writing instruments on your labels. Never erase a
label – replace it.
Make sure you place the unused cartridge labels in the protective
box so that you do not inadvertently pick them up along with the
cartridge during subsequent usage. A static electricity charge on a
cartridge may cause a label to cling to the cartridge. A label that is
accidentally inserted into the drive along with a cartridge can
prevent the hub reel and drive gear from meshing.
·
·
Maintain clean operating, working, and storage environments.
Follow all tape cartridge handling instructions that accompany your
cartridges or tape drive.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
D.2 TAPE CARTRIDGE INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Ensure that your tape backup solution performs reliably by following the Visual
Mechanical Inspection (VMI) procedures described in this subsection. These steps
will help you identify any potential tape cartridge problems, and will prevent
accidental loss of data or damage to your DLTtape system.
You should do a VMI:
·
·
·
·
As a general practice whenever you change or load a new tape cartridge
If a tape cartridge is dropped or subject to some hard physical shock
If the DLTtape drive becomes inoperable after loading a tape cartridge
If you receive a shipment of tape cartridges that show any sign of shipping
damage.
Follow these steps to visually inspect a DLTtape cartridge:
1. Remove the tape cartridge from its protective plastic case.
2. Look at the tape cartridge to check for any obvious cracks or other physical
damage. Look for broken or missing parts.
3. Gently shake the tape cartridge. Listen for any rattling or sounds of any
loose pieces inside the cartridge. If you hear anything loose inside, do not
use the cartridge.
4. Hold the tape cartridge so that the end of the cartridge that is inserted into
the DLTtape drive is facing you, as shown in Figure D-1. You will see that
there is a small opening on the left-hand side of the tape cartridge.
Reel Lock Opening
Figure D-1 Location of One of the Two Reel Lock Tabs on the DLTtape Cartridge
Inside and near the center of this opening, you should see a small plastic tab. This
is one of the reel locks. The reel locks can break if the cartridge is dropped. This
may be the cause of any rattling sound you hear when you gently shake the tape
cartridge. If this reel lock tab is not visible do not use the cartridge.
D-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
5. Look at the bottom of the tape cartridge, holding it as shown in Figure D-2.
Spring-Loaded Hub
Reel Lock Opening
Figure D-2 Location of Reel Lock Opening and Spring-Loaded Hub on Bottom of
DLTtape Cartridge
Check the opening indicated in Figure D-2 and ensure that the small plastic tab is
partially visible. This is the second reel lock. The reel locks can break if the
cartridge is dropped. This may be the cause of any rattling sound you hear when
you gently shake the tape cartridge. If this reel lock tab is not visible do not use
the cartridge.
Also located on the bottom of the tape cartridge is the spring-loaded hub. Verify
that the hub is centered within the circular opening in the tape cartridge. Gently
press the hub and make sure that it springs back into place. Make sure that it
ends up centered within its circular opening.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
6. Ensure that the tape leader within the tape cartridge is in the correct
position. To do this, you must open the tape cartridge door. Refer to Figure
D-3.
Leader
Loop
Figure D-3 Opening the Door on a DLTtape Cartridge Showing Tape Leader Loop in its
Correct Position
Open the door by holding the DLTtape cartridge as shown in Figure D-3.
On the right side corner of the tape cartridge there is a small tab in a cut-out
portion of the cartridge. Using your thumb, gently lift up on the tab and swing the
door open (Figure D-3).
Inside the door, you will see the tape and cartridge leader loop. The loop should
stick up about an eighth of an inch when viewed from the edge; the loop must be
a closed loop. If the loop is torn, bent, pulled in, or not sticking up about an eighth
of an inch, do not use the tape cartridge.
D-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
7. Figure D-4 shows three different tape cartridge loop problems. No tape
cartridge that exhibits the problems shown in the examples in Figure D-4
should be used in a DLT tape system.
Example 1: “Swallowed” Tape Cartridge Leader
Example 2: Torn or Broken Leader Loop
Example 3: Tape is Loosely Wound
Figure D-4 Three Examples of Tape Cartridges with Damage Visible During Visual
Inspection
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
8. Finally, check for proper operation of the tape cartridge’s write-protect
switch (Figure D-5). This sliding switch, located on the end of the tape
cartridge used for the tape label, should snap smartly back and forth,
and the orange tab should be visible when the tape cartridge is set to
provide write protection (data on the tape cannot be written over).
DISABLE
WRITE-PROTECTION
ENABLE
WRITE-PROTECTION
Figure D-5 Write-Protect Switch on Tape Cartridge
By following general handling procedures, conducting careful visual inspections of
tape cartridges on a regular, ongoing basis, and making sure that tape cartridges
are stored within their environmental limits, you will greatly reduce any chance
that you will experience problems with your tape cartridges or cause damage to
your DLT tape system. Respect your media as much as you do your data.
D.3 TAPE CARTRIDGE WRITE-PROTECT SWITCH
Each tape cartridge has a write-protect switch that can be used to prevent
accidental erasure of data. Before inserting the tape cartridge into the tape drive,
position the write-protect switch on the front of the cartridge (Figure D-5):
·
Move the write-protect switch to the left to enable write protection (existing
data on the tape cannot be overwritten, nor can additional data be appended
to the media).
When the write-protect switch is moved to the left, a small orange rectangle
is visible. This indicates that data cannot be written to the tape.
D-8
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
·
Move the write-protect switch to the right to disable write protection
(existing data on the tape can be overwritten, and/or additional data can be
appended to the media unless the cartridge is write-protected via software).
When write-protect is disabled, no orange rectangle is visible.
When a tape cartridge is loaded in the drive and the tape cartridge’s write-protect
switch is moved to its write-protected position (to the left as you face the label/
switch side of the tape cartridge), the drive turns on its write-protect indicator
immediately. If the drive is currently writing to the tape, the write-protect feature
does not take effect until after the current WRITE operation completes.
Table D-1 Write-Protect Switch Positions
Write-Protect Switch
Position
Orange
Indicator
Result
Before Loading the Cartridge
Enabled
Visible
Data cannot be written to the tape.
(Slide switch to left)
Existing data on the tape cannot be overwritten.
Additional data cannot be appended to the media.
Unless the cartridge is write-protected via software:
Data can be written to the tape.
Disabled
(Slide switch to right)
Not
visible
Existing data on the tape can be overwritten.
Additional data can be appended to the media.
After Loading the Cartridge and During Operation
If the write-protect switch
is moved from its right
(disabled) position to its
left (enabled) position.
Visible
If the drive is currently writing to tape, the write-
protect feature does not take effect until AFTER the
current WRITE operation completes.
If the write-protect switch
is moved from its left
(enabled) to its right
(disabled) position.
Not
visible
The tape becomes write-enabled AFTER a variable
amount of seconds.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
D.4 LOADING A TAPE CARTRIDGE
Complete this subsection to load a tape cartridge into the front panel (Chapter 2,
Figure 2-10) of the tape drive. Because this subsection of the manual refers to
some of the front panel LEDs and controls, it may be useful to review information
in chapter 2.5 that describe them.
1. Only when the green Operate Handle LED is steadily lit and when the
audible beep sounds, lift the tape drive’s cartridge Insert/Release handle.
If the green Operate Handle LED is blinking, close the handle and wait for
the LED to light steadily, then lift the handle and insert the cartridge.
2. Insert the cartridge. Push the cartridge fully into the tape drive.
CAUTION
To prevent failures and/or damage to the handle, assist the handle
to its closed position. Do not flip it down or otherwise treat it
roughly.
3. Push the handle to its closed (down) position.
The green Operate Handle LED extinguishes and the amber Tape in Use
LED blinks to show that the tape is loading. When the tape reaches the
BOT marker, the amber LED lights steadily. The tape is now ready for use.
D-10
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
D.5 UNLOADING A TAPE CARTRIDGE
Complete this subsection to unload a tape cartridge. Because this subsection of
the manual refers to some of the front panel LEDs and controls (Chapter 2,
Figure 2-10) of the tape drive. Because this subsection of the manual refers to
some of the front panel LEDs and controls, it may be useful to review information
in chapter 2.5 that describe them.
CAUTION
Remove the tape cartridge from the tape drive BEFORE turning off
host power. Failure to remove a tape cartridge may result in
cartridge and/or tape drive damage.
When you remove a tape cartridge from the drive, return the
cartridge to its plastic case to protect the cartridge from damage.
Close the Insert/Release handle.
1. Press the Unload button (or issue an appropriate system software
command). The amber Tape in Use LED blinks as the tape rewinds.
CAUTION
Do NOT rush removal of the tape cartridge: premature removal can
cause tape leader failure. Wait until the Operate Handle LED lights in
a steady green. Delay removing the tape cartridge for one or two
seconds to ensure that the tape leader of the cartridge is in a safe
position for cartridge removal.
2. When the green Operate Handle LED lights steadily and you hear the
audible beep signal, lift the tape drive cartridge Insert/Release handle to its
open position to eject the cartridge.
3. Remove the cartridge.
4. Push the Insert/Release handle to its closed position.
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
D-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: The Tape Cartridge
D.6 USING A CLEANING TAPE CARTRIDGE
This subsection contains information on how and when to use a cleaning tape
cartridge. Because this subsection of the manual refers to some of the front panel
LEDs and controls (Chapter 2, Figure 2-10) of the tape drive. Because this
subsection of the manual refers to some of the front panel LEDs and controls, it
may be useful to review information in chapter 2.5 that describe them.
A cleaning cartridge has a life expectancy of approximately 20 uses.
Use Table D-2 to determine when to use a cleaning tape cartridge.
Table D–2 When to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge
If:
It means:
And you should:
The Use Cleaning Tape
LED is lit.
The drive head needs Use the cleaning cartridge. Follow the
cleaning or the tape
is bad.
instructions in this chapter for loading a
cartridge into the tape drive. When
cleaning completes, the Use Cleaning Tape
LED turns off, Operate Handle lights, and
the drive’s beeper sounds a tone to alert
you that the cartridge can be removed
from the tape drive.
A data tape cartridge
causes Use Cleaning
Tape LED to light even
after a cleaning tape
has been used.
The data cartridge
may be damaged.
Back up the data from this cartridge onto
another cartridge. Discard the damaged
cartridge: use of a damaged cartridge may
cause unnecessary use of the cleaning
cartridge.
The Use Cleaning Tape
LED remains lit after
you have used a
Your cleaning tape
cartridge may be
exhausted.
Try another cleaning tape cartridge.
cleaning cartridge to
clean the drive head.
The Use Cleaning
The drive is still
Replace the cleaning tape cartridge.
Cartridge LED remains
looking for a good
lit after you have loaded piece of cleaning
the cleaning cartridge.
tape to perform the
cleaning function.
Cleaning of the drive
has not taken place;
the cartridge has
expired.
D-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
A
Conducted emissions, 1-12
Configuration, 2-3, 2-13
Connectors
ASC/ASCQ codes,
loader (rackmount), 2-12
power cord (rackmount), 2-9
SCSI (rackmount), 2-9
tabletop, 2-13
REQUEST SENSE, 5-157
SEND DIAGNOSTIC, 5-171
ABORT message, 4-5
Acoustic noise emissions, 1-10
Altitude specification, 1-5
ATTENTION condition, 3-24
Controls
description, 2-16
front panel, 2-16
functionality, 2-20
B
D
Beeper, 2-16, 2-20
Bugcheck packets, B-2
BUS DEVICE RESET message, 4-5
BUS FREE, 3-10
BUS PARITY ERRORS, 3-11
Bus termination, 2-6, 2-14, 2-25,
2-26
Data cache, 5-11
DATA-phase command components,
5-8
Density
LED functionality, 2-19
selecting, 2-21
Density codes,
C
MODE SELECT, 5-74
MODE SENSE, 5-110
Description
Cables
Connecting (rackmount), 2-9
Connecting (tabletop), 2-14
SCSI bus cable, 2-7, 2-9, 2-14
Capacity, 1-3
Cartridge insert/release handle, 2-16,
2-20
product, 1-1
DISCONNECT message, 4-6
DLTtape recording media
specifications, 1-11
Cleaning tape cartridge
using, D-12
COMMAND COMPLETE message, 4-5
Command descriptor block, 5-4
Commands
SCSI, 3-2, 5-12
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Index-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
E
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
message, 4-9
INQUIRY command, 5-17
Installation
EEPROM
Event log error codes, B-3
rackmount, 2-3, 2-7
tabletop, 2-13, 2-14
Interface type, 1-3
Packets (last n error events), B-1
Resident bugcheck packets, B-2
Vendor Unique Page Parameters,
5-95
J
Electromagnetic emissions, 1-12
EMI regulations and certifications, 1-12
Environmental specifications, 1-5
ERASE command, 5-15
Jumper
Disable/enable parity, 2-6, 2-13
SCSI ID, rackmount, 2-4
SCSI ID, tabletop, 2-13
TERMPWR rackmount, 2-6
TERMPWR tabletop, 2-13
ESD protection, 2-3
F
Firmware update,
creating a tape, C-1
interpreting results, C-4
procedure, C-2
L
Last n error events page, B-1
LEDs
Front panel
Cartridge insert/release handle, 2-16,
2-20
description, 2-16
functionality, 2-17
controls, 2-16, 2-20
LEDs, 2-17
density functionality, 2-19
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE,
4-10
G
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
with flag message, 4-10
Loading a cartridge, D-10
LOAD UNLOAD command, 5-29
LOCATE command, 5-33
LOG SELECT command, 5-35
LOG SENSE command, 5-43
Guidelines
for installation, 2-2
for tape cartridge handling, D-1
H
M
Humidity specification, 1-5
Media type, 2-19, 5-73, 5-109
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR, 4-10
MESSAGE REJECT, 4-10
MODE SELECT command, 5-69
MODE SENSE command, 5-105
I
IDENTIFY message, 4-7
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message,
4-8
Index-2
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
N
READ POSITION command, 5-143
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS
command, 5-147
Recording media, 1-11
Reliability (projected), 1-3
RELEASE UNIT command, 5-149
REQUEST SENSE
Non-operating shock, 1-5
Non-operating vibration, 1-6
NO OPERATION message, 4-11
O
command, 5-151
Supported ASC/ASCQ codes, 5-157
Supported Sense Keys, 5-156
RESERVE UNIT command, 5-163
RESTORE POINTERS message, 4-11
REWIND command, 5-165
Operation codes, 5-1
P
Parity checking
rackmount, 2-6
tabletop, 2-13
S
Performance data, 1-4
Physical specifications, 1-3
Pin assignments
loader, 2-12
power, 2-12
SCSI differential, 2-11
SCSI single-ended, 2-10
POST
Safety requirements, 2-1
SAVE DATA POINTER message, 4-11
SCSI
ANSI implemented commands, 3-1
ARBITRATION, 3-12
Attention, 3-24
BUS FREE, 3-10
Bus conditions, 3-24
bus phases, 3-10
bus signal definitions, 3-6
bus timing values, 3-8
information transfer, 3-17
message format, 4-1
overview, 3-1
description, 2-23
tape drive states following, 2-24
ready activity, 2-24
Power connections
rackmount, 2-9
tabletop, 2-14
Power-on self test
See POST
Power requirements, 1-8
PREVENT/ALLOW MEDIUM
REMOVAL command, 5-131
Product description, 1-1
pointers, 5-3
queued unit attentions, 3-26
RESELECTION, 3-15
reset, 3-25
SELECTION, 3-13
signal sources, 3-5
signal values, 3-4
R
supported commands, 5-1
supported messages, 4-5
SCSI bus
terminating, 2-6, 2-14
SCSI cable, 2-9, 2-14
SCSI commands
Radiated emissions, 1-13
READ command, 5-133
READ BLOCK LIMITS command,
5-137
READ BUFFER command, 5-139
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Index-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
ERASE (19h), 5-15
INQUIRY (12h), 5-17
LOAD UNLOAD (1Bh), 5-29
LOCATE (2Bh), 5-33
electromagnetic emissions, 1-12
EMI regulations and certifications,
1-12
environmental, 1-5
LOG SELECT (4Ch), 5-35
LOG SENSE (4Dh), 5-43
MODE SELECT (15h/55h), 5-69
MODE SENSE (1Ah/5Ah), 5-105
PREVENT/ALLOW MEDIUM
REMOVAL (1Eh), 5-131
interface type, 1-3
non-operating shock, 1-7
non-operating vibration, 1-7
performance data, 1-4
physical, 1-2
power, 1-8
READ (08h), 5-133
recording media, 1-11
reliability (projected), 1-3
shock, 1-6
storage capacity, 1-3
tape system recording type, 1-10
vibration, 1-6
READ BLOCK LIMITS (05h), 5-137
READ BUFFER (3Ch), 5-139
READ POSITION (34h), 5-143
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
(1Ch), 5-147
RELEASE UNIT (17h), 5-149
REQUEST SENSE (03h), 5-151
RESERVE UNIT (16h), 5-163
REWIND (01h), 5-165
SEND DIAGNOSTIC (1Dh), 5-167
SPACE (11h), 5-173
Status/error reporting, 5-6
Storage capacity, 1-3
Susceptibility, 1-13
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER
REQUEST message, 4-11
TEST UNIT READY (00h), 5-175
VERIFY (13h), 5-177
T
WRITE (0Ah), 5-179
WRITE BUFFER (3Bh), 5-181
WRITE FILEMARKS (10h), 5-185
Tape cartridge
guidelines for care, D-1
handling, D-1
inspecting, D-4
labeling, D-2, D-3
loading, D-10
SCSI ID
rackmount, 2-4
tabletop, 2-13
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
command, 5-167
storage, D-2
unloading, D-11
Supported ASC/ASCQ codes, 5-171
Supported Sense Keys, 5-171
Sense keys
REQUEST SENSE, 5-156
SEND DIAGNOSTIC, 5-171
Shock requirements
non-operating, 1-7
operating, 1-6
SPACE command, 5-173
Specifications
using cleaning tape cartridge, D-12
write-protect switch, D-8
Tape system recording type, 1-10
Temperature specifications, 1-5
TERMPWR,
rackmount, 2-6
tabletop, 2-13
TEST UNIT READY command, 5-175
Transfer rate, 1-4
Troubleshooting, 2-25
acoustic noise emissions, 1-10
Index-4
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
U
Unit attention condition, 5-10
Unloading a cartridge, D-11
Updating firmware, C-1
V
Vendor unique page parameters for
EEPROM, 5-95
Vendor unique sense data
request sense status codes, A-1
VERIFY command, 5-177
Vibration requirements
non-operating, 1-7
operating, 1-6
W
WRITE BUFFER command, 5-181
WRITE command, 5-179
WRITE FILEMARKS command, 5-185
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Index-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Index-6
Quantum DLT 7000 Tape Drive
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
*81- 60000- 06 A012
81-60000-06 A02
501 Sycamore Drive
Milpitas, CA 95035
(408) 894-4000
www.quantum.com
November 10, 2003
81-60000-06 A02
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|